WO2022071204A1 - Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same - Google Patents

Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2022071204A1
WO2022071204A1 PCT/JP2021/035317 JP2021035317W WO2022071204A1 WO 2022071204 A1 WO2022071204 A1 WO 2022071204A1 JP 2021035317 W JP2021035317 W JP 2021035317W WO 2022071204 A1 WO2022071204 A1 WO 2022071204A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
formula
substituent
transmittance
azo compound
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2021/035317
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
典明 望月
陵太郎 森田
由侑 服部
悠衣 横山
Original Assignee
日本化薬株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 日本化薬株式会社 filed Critical 日本化薬株式会社
Priority to JP2022553943A priority Critical patent/JPWO2022071204A1/ja
Priority to CN202180054901.7A priority patent/CN116097135A/en
Publication of WO2022071204A1 publication Critical patent/WO2022071204A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02BOPTICAL ELEMENTS, SYSTEMS OR APPARATUS
    • G02B5/00Optical elements other than lenses
    • G02B5/30Polarising elements
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H05ELECTRIC TECHNIQUES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H05BELECTRIC HEATING; ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; CIRCUIT ARRANGEMENTS FOR ELECTRIC LIGHT SOURCES, IN GENERAL
    • H05B33/00Electroluminescent light sources
    • H05B33/02Details
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K50/00Organic light-emitting devices
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H10SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • H10KORGANIC ELECTRIC SOLID-STATE DEVICES
    • H10K59/00Integrated devices, or assemblies of multiple devices, comprising at least one organic light-emitting element covered by group H10K50/00

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a dye-based polarizing element, a polarizing plate, and a display device (display) including the same.
  • the polarizing element is generally manufactured by adsorbing and orienting iodine or a dichroic dye, which is a dichroic dye, on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film.
  • a polarizing plate obtained by laminating a protective film made of triacetyl cellulose or the like on this polarizing element via an adhesive layer is used in a liquid crystal display device or the like.
  • Polarizing plates made with iodine as a dichroic dye are called iodine-based polarizing plates, while polarized light made with a dichroic dye, for example, a dichroic azo compound, as a dichroic dye.
  • the plate is called a dye-based polarizing plate.
  • Dye-based polarizing plates have high heat resistance, high humidity and heat durability, and high stability, and are characterized by high color selectivity due to the blending of dyes, while iodine-based polarizing plates having the same degree of polarization. There was a problem that the transmittance and the contrast were low as compared with the plate. Therefore, a polarizing element having high transmittance, high transmittance, and high polarization characteristics in addition to maintaining high durability and various color selectivity is desired.
  • the conventional polarizing elements have a positional relationship in which the absorption axis directions of the two polarizing elements are parallel to each other (hereinafter, also referred to as "parallel position").
  • parallel position the white color became yellowish white when it was arranged so as to be ()) to show white color (hereinafter, also referred to as “white display time” or “bright display time”). ..
  • the conventional polarizing plates have a positional relationship in which the absorption axis directions of the two polarizing elements are orthogonal to each other (hereinafter, also referred to as “orthogonal position”). ),
  • the black color is colored blue when the black color is shown (hereinafter, also referred to as “black display” or “dark display”). Therefore, there has been a demand for a polarizing plate that exhibits achromatic white color when displayed in white and black color when displayed in black. In particular, it has been difficult to obtain a polarizing plate having high-quality white when displayed in white, commonly known as a paper-white polarizing plate.
  • the transmittance of each wavelength at the parallel position and the orthogonal position is a substantially constant value regardless of the wavelength, and it is possible to obtain such a polarizing plate. It wasn't possible until now.
  • the reason why the hues in white display and black display are different is that the wavelength dependence of the transmittance is not the same in the parallel position and the orthogonal position, and in particular, the transmittance is not constant over the visible light region. Further, the fact that the dichroism is not constant over the visible light region is one of the factors that make it difficult to realize an achromatic polarizing plate.
  • an iodine-based polarizing plate manufactured by using polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter, also referred to as “PVA”) as a base material and iodine as a dichroic dye is generally used. It has absorption in the region centered on 480 nm and 600 nm. It is said that the absorption at 480 nm is due to the complex of polyiodide I 3- and PVA, and the absorption at 600 nm is due to the complex of polyiodide I 5- and PVA.
  • PVA polyvinyl alcohol
  • the degree of polarization based on the complex of polyiodide I 5- and PVA is the degree of polarization based on the complex of polyiodide I 3- and PVA (dichroism). Higher than dichroism). That is, when trying to make the transmittance at the orthogonal position constant at each wavelength, the transmittance at the parallel position is higher at 600 nm than at 480 nm, and a phenomenon that white is colored yellow when displayed in white has occurred.
  • the transmittance at the orthogonal position is lower at 600 nm than at 480 nm, so that black is colored blue when displayed in black.
  • the white color is yellow when the white color is displayed, it is not preferable because it generally gives the impression that the deterioration has progressed.
  • the blue color disappears when displaying black, it gives the impression that there is no sense of luxury because it is not clear black.
  • the iodine-based polarizing plate it is difficult to control the hue mainly in the vicinity of 550 nm, which has high visual sensitivity, because there is no complex based on the wavelength.
  • the degree of polarization (dichroism) of each wavelength is not constant, the wavelength dependence of the degree of polarization (dichroism) has occurred. Further, since there are only two dichroic dyes of 480 nm and 600 nm, which are absorbed by the complex of iodine and PVA, the hue cannot be adjusted by the iodine-based polarizing plate composed of iodine and PVA.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a polarizing plate having a neutral coefficient calculated and an absolute value of 0 to 3.
  • Patent Document 2 describes a polarizing element in which the transmittance at 410 nm to 750 nm is within ⁇ 30% of the average value, and the color is adjusted by directly adding a dye, a reactive dye, or an acid dye in addition to iodine. Has been done. Further, as in Patent Document 3, a technique of an achromatic dye-based polarizing plate is also disclosed.
  • the parallel hue obtained from JIS Z 8729 has an a * value of ⁇ 1.67.
  • the b * value is 3.51
  • the color is yellowish green when displayed in white.
  • the hue at the orthogonal position has an a * value of 0.69, but since the b * value is -3.40, the black display is a polarizing plate exhibiting blue.
  • the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 is obtained by setting the a * value and b * value in the UCS color space measured using only one polarizing element to an absolute value of 2 or less, and two polarizing elements are stacked.
  • the average value of the single transmittance of the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 was 31.95% in Example 1 and 31.41% in Example 2, showing low values.
  • the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 since the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 has a low transmittance, it does not have sufficient performance in fields where high transmittance and high contrast are required, particularly in fields such as liquid crystal displays and organic electroluminescence. .. Further, since the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 is manufactured by using iodine as a main dichroic dye, after the durability test, in particular, a moist heat durability test (for example, an environment of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85%). ) Later, the color change was large and the durability was inferior.
  • the dye-based polarizing plate has excellent durability, but the wavelength dependence differs between the parallel position and the orthogonal position, which is the same as the iodine-based polarizing plate.
  • azo compounds having completely different wavelength dependence in orthogonal and parallel positions such as white in white display showing yellow and black in black display showing blue. ..
  • the sensitivity of human color differs depending on the brightness of the light
  • the brightness of the light generated by controlling the polarization in both the orthogonal and parallel positions is different. Color correction suitable for each is required.
  • the achromatic polarizing plate cannot be achieved unless the transmittance is a substantially constant value at each wavelength in each of the parallel position and the orthogonal position and there is no wavelength dependence.
  • the degree of polarization (two-color ratio) of each wavelength is high and the degree of polarization (two-color ratio) is high.
  • the transmittance is high and high. Achieving contrast has not yet been achieved. That is, the higher the transmittance or the higher the degree of polarization, the more difficult it is to make the color achromatic, and it has not been possible to achieve an achromatic polarizing plate having a high transmittance or a high degree of polarization. It is very difficult to obtain an achromatic polarizing plate with high transmittance and / or high contrast, and it cannot be achieved by simply applying a dichroic dye of the three primary colors.
  • Patent Document 3 also describes an achromatic polarizing plate when displaying white and displaying black, but further improvement in performance is desired.
  • an object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing element having high transmittance and high degree of polarization as one form, or a polarizing plate thereof. Further, one form provides a high-performance polarizing element or polarizing plate and a display device that are achromatic in white display or both in white display and black display, and exhibit high-quality white color particularly in white display. That is.
  • the present invention has been completed by using it for producing a polarizing element or a polarizing plate containing at least.
  • the present invention relates to the following [Invention 1] to [Invention 17], but is not limited thereto.
  • [Invention 1] In the form of free acid, an azo compound represented by the following formula (1) or a salt thereof or an azo compound represented by the following formula (2) or a salt thereof and an azo compound represented by the following formula (3) or a salt thereof.
  • a polarizing element containing a salt In the formula (1), Ac 1 independently represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are independent of each other.
  • Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group
  • Rc 21 to Rc 28 are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively.
  • Xc 2 is an amino group or a substituent which may have at least one substituent S2.
  • an alkyl group of C1-4 which may further have a substituent, an alkoxy group of C1-4, a sulfo group, an alkylamino group of C1-4, a hydroxy group, It is selected from an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethyl amino group, and r, p, and q each independently indicate 0 or 1, except when r, p, and q are all 1.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 or Ab 2 is substituted with either ring a or ring b, and either one of Ra 1 or Ra 2 is a hydroxy group and the other.
  • Representing an amino group the other is a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or an amino group which may have a substituent
  • Rb 1 to Rb 6 are independently hydrogen atoms.
  • h represents 0 or 1.
  • Xb 1 may have an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent.
  • a good naphthotriazole group or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is shown, and the substituent S3 ( independently if there is more than one) is an alkyl group of C1-4 which may further have a substituent. , C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, C1-4 alkylamino group, hydroxy group, carboxy group and carboxyethylamino group).
  • the polarizing element according to Invention 1 further comprising an azo compound represented by the following formula (4) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (5) or a salt thereof.
  • Ay 11 independently represents a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4 or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, and Ry 11 to Ry 14 independently represent hydrogen atoms. , C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group or C1-4 alkoxy group having sulfo group, f indicates an integer of 1-3)
  • Ay 21 and Ay 22 are independently naphthyl groups which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and are Ry 21 , Ry 22 , Ry 27 , and Ry 27.
  • the polarizing element according to any one of the above items.
  • invention 8 Any of the inventions 1 to 7, wherein the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value in the polarizing element alone, which are obtained when the transmittance is measured using natural light according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, are both 1.0 or less.
  • invention 9 According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other, the a * value obtained at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light is -2.
  • the single transmittance of the polarizing element after correction of the visual sensitivity is 35% to 65%, and the wavelength band is 520 nm to 590 nm in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction.
  • the difference between the average transmittance of 420 nm to 480 nm and the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm is 1.0% as an absolute value when two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other.
  • the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1%.
  • invention 13 In a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other, the a * value and b * value at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light are determined according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
  • invention 15 The polarizing element according to invention 14, which comprises a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as a base material.
  • invention 16 A polarizing plate provided with a transparent protective layer provided on one side or both sides of the polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15.
  • invention 17 A display device including the polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15 or the polarizing plate according to the invention 16.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention or its polarizing plate has high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention further has a characteristic that the dichroism is not wavelength-dependent and the transmittance is constant at each of the parallel position or the parallel position and the orthogonal position.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention has an achromatic hue in both white and black display.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention or its polarizing plate has high durability.
  • azo compound or salt thereof may be simply referred to as “azo compound” unless it clearly represents a free form.
  • the hydrogen atom may be described as a "substituent” for convenience. "May have a substituent” means that a case without a substituent is also included.
  • a "phenyl group which may have a substituent” includes an unsubstituted mere phenyl group and a phenyl group having a substituent.
  • the "lower” such as the lower alkyl group and the lower alkoxy group of the present application has a carbon atom number of 1 to 4 (C1 to 4), preferably 1 to 3 (C1 to 3). Is shown.
  • C1-4 aliphatic hydrocarbon group examples include linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group and n-butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group. Examples thereof include unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as a branched alkyl group and a vinyl group.
  • alkoxy group of C1 to 4" examples include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group and the like.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention is an azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (2) or a salt thereof, and an azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof. Contains its salt.
  • the polarizing element according to the present invention may further contain an azo compound represented by the above formula (4) or an azo compound represented by the formula (5).
  • the polarizing element of the present invention preferably includes a base material, and the azo compound is contained in the base material.
  • the base material is preferably a film obtained by forming a film of a hydrophilic polymer capable of adsorbing a dichroic dye, particularly an azo compound.
  • the hydrophilic polymer is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an amylose-based resin, a starch-based resin, a cellulosic-based resin, a polyacrylic acid salt-based resin, and the like.
  • the hydrophilic polymer is most preferably a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or a derivative thereof from the viewpoint of dyeability, processability, crosslinkability and the like of the dichroic dye.
  • a polarizing element can be manufactured by adsorbing an azo compound on a substrate and applying an orientation treatment such as stretching.
  • Ac 1 independently represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are independent of each other.
  • the substituents thereof include a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group and an amino group.
  • the substituents thereof include an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group substituted amino group, and it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or a carboxy group.
  • the phenyl group has two or more substituents
  • at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group
  • the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy. It is selected from a group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group substituted amino group, and more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group.
  • It is selected from a carboxy group, a nitro group and an amino group, and particularly preferably selected from a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a carboxy group.
  • a sulfo group a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group.
  • the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
  • the number of sulfo groups is preferably 1 or 2.
  • the substitution position of the sulfo group is not particularly limited, but when there is one sulfo group, the position of the azo group is set to the 1st position, the 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable, and two sulfo groups are used. In some cases, a combination of the 2- and 4-positions of the phenyl group or a combination of the 3- and 5-positions of the phenyl group is preferred.
  • Ac 1 when Ac 1 is a naphthyl group, examples thereof include a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and having at least one sulfo group. Is preferable.
  • the naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is preferably a lower alkoxy having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a sulfo group. Selected from the group.
  • the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group.
  • the lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
  • the substitution position of the sulfo group is the combination of the 4-position and the 8-position of the naphthyl group or the combination of the 6-position and the 8-position.
  • the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1-position, 3-position and 6-position, and a combination of 3-position, 6-position and 8-position. ..
  • Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group.
  • the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group.
  • Rc 11 to Rc 14 are preferably hydrogen atoms, methyl groups, ethyl groups, methoxy groups, ethoxy groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups or 4-sulfobutoxy groups, respectively, and particularly preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • substitution position of the phenyl group in which Rc 11 to Rc 14 are substituted when the substitution position of the azo group on the ureido skeleton side is set to the 1st position, preferably only the 2nd position of the phenyl group, only the 5th position, the 2nd position and the 6th position are used. It is a combination of positions, a combination of 2nd and 5th positions, a combination of 3rd and 5th positions, and particularly preferably a combination of 2nd and 5th positions and 2nd and 5th positions.
  • Rc 11 and Rc 12 and Rc 13 and Rc 14 , and either Rc 11 and Rc 12 or Rc 13 and Rc 14 are in 2nd place or 5th place. It means that it has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom only at the position and the other is a hydrogen atom.
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) is particularly preferable.
  • the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved.
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or the azo compound represented by the formula (1b) shall be produced by, for example, known diazotization and uraido formation as described in Patent Documents 4 to 7. However, it is not limited to these.
  • azo compound represented by the formula (1) include the following azo compounds in the form of free acid.
  • Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group
  • Rc 21 to Rc 28 are independent hydrogen atoms and C1 respectively.
  • Xc 2 is an amino group or a substituent which may have at least one substituent S2.
  • Ac 2 is a naphthyl group, it does not contain a hydroxy group as a substituent.
  • the phenyl group is a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4 and an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 as a substituent, and a sulfo group.
  • the phenyl group has two or more substituents
  • at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group
  • the other substituents are a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group of C1-4, C1. It is preferably an alkoxy group of 4 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group (particularly, an acetylamino group or an alkylamino group of C1 to 4).
  • the other substituent is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, or an amino group, and a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group, It is particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group.
  • the alkoxy group of C1 to C4 having a sulfo group a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the end of the alkoxy group.
  • alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable.
  • the number of substituents on the phenyl group is preferably 1 or 2, and the position of the substituent on the phenyl group is not particularly limited, but is only at the 4-position, a combination of the 2-position and the 4-position, or 3 It is preferable to use a combination of the 5th place and the 5th place.
  • the naphthyl group when Ac 2 is a naphthyl group having a substituent, the naphthyl group is selected from a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group as the substituent. It is preferable to have at least one sulfo group.
  • a naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group and the other substituents are C1-4 having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a sulfo group. It is preferably an alkoxy group of.
  • alkoxy group of C1 to C4 having a sulfo group a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the end of the alkoxy group.
  • a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable.
  • the substitution position of the azo group is preferably the 2-position
  • the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of the 4-position and the 8-position or a combination of the 6-position and the 8-position.
  • a combination of 6th and 8th positions is particularly preferable.
  • the substitution positions of the sulfo groups are the combination of the 1-position, the 3-position and the 6-position with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position, and the 3-position, the 6-position and the 8-position. It is particularly preferable to use a combination of.
  • Xc 2 has an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 2 , a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, and at least one substituent.
  • a phenylazo group which may have a phenylazo group, a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, a benzoyl group which may have at least one substituent, or a benzoylamino group which may have at least one substituent.
  • a phenylamino group which may have a substituent a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, and a benzoyl which may have a substituent.
  • a benzoylamino group which may have a group or a substituent examples thereof include a benzoylamino group which may have a group or a substituent, and particularly preferable Xc 2 is a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • Xc 2 is a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent.
  • examples thereof include a benzoylamino group which may have.
  • the substituent is selected from a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
  • Xc 2 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 2
  • the amino group may be unsubstituted, but preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group and a carboxy group.
  • Xc 2 is a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent
  • the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, and the like. It has one or two substituents selected from an amino group and a lower alkylamino group, more preferably one or two substituents selected from a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group and an amino group. ..
  • Xc 2 is a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent
  • the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or preferably an hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or an amino group.
  • 1 to 3 substituents selected from the carboxyethylamino group more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from the methyl group, methosiki group, carboxyethylamino group, amino group and hydroxy group.
  • Xc 2 is a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent
  • the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or preferably selected from a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group. It has one or two substituents, more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
  • Xc 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one of the above substituents
  • the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably an hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group. It has one substituent selected from, more preferably one or two hydroxy or amino groups as substituents.
  • Xc 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one substituent
  • the benzoyl moiety is unsubstituted or preferably selected from hydroxy, amino and carboxyethylamino groups. It has one substituent, more preferably one or two hydroxy or amino groups as the substituent.
  • the substitution position of the substituent which the phenylamino group, the phenylazo group and the benzoylamino group may have is not particularly limited, but one of the substituents is for each of the amino group, the azo group or the amide group. It is preferably at the p-position.
  • the substitution position of Xc 2 is preferably 6-position or 7-position, and more preferably 6-position, when the position of the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
  • Rc 21 to Rc 28 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group.
  • Rc 21 to Rc 28 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal, preferably a hydrogen atom and a methyl.
  • a group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, or a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. preferable.
  • Rc 27 and Rc 28 are independent and preferably a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a sulfo group, so that the permeability is high. It is possible to reach a high degree of polarization, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 3, an alkoxy group of C1 to 3, and preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, or an ethoxy group. More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a methoxy group, and it is particularly preferable.
  • r, p or q are independently 0 or 1, respectively.
  • the other is preferably 1, and it is more preferable that both p and q are 1.
  • r is 1 and either p or q or both are 0.
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (2) is preferable.
  • the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved.
  • Examples of the azo compound whose free acid form is represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (2b) include C.I. I. Direct Red 117, C.I. I. Direct Red 127, JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-8-291259, JP-A-9-302250, JP-A-2002-2753811, International Publication No. 2005/075572, International Publication No. 2012 / Examples thereof include azo compounds described in JP-A-108169 and JP-A-2012 / 108173.
  • Examples of the method for synthesizing the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (2b) include JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-8-291259, and JP-A-9-302250. Examples thereof include the methods described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-275381, International Publication No. 2005/075572, International Publication No. 2012/108169, International Publication No. 2012/108173, and the like. Not limited to.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , and Ab 2 are substituted with either ring a or ring b, and either one of Ra 1 or Ra 2 is a hydroxy group and the other.
  • Ab 1 and Ab 2 may have a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a substituent.
  • h represents 0 or 1
  • Xb 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, and a phenylazo group which may have a substituent.
  • a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, and the substituent S3 ( independently if there is more than one) further has a substituent.
  • It may be selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, a sulfo group, an amino group, an alkylamino group of C1 to 4, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
  • amino group which may have a substituent which Rb 1 to Rb 6 may have is preferably an unsubstituted amino group or a substituent (C1-4 alkyl group, acetyl group) of 1 or 2 It is an amino group having one.
  • the amino group which may have the substituent S 3 preferably has an unsubstituted amino group and a substituent (hydroxy group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, amino group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phenyl group). It is also a good amino group having one or two alkyl groups of C1 to C4, more preferably an amino group having one or two hydrogen atoms and a methyl group.
  • the phenylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a lower alkylamino group.
  • a phenylamino group having two substituents more preferably one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group and an amino group. It is a phenylamino group that has.
  • the phenylazo group which may have a substituent is preferably selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, an amino group, a hydroxy group and a carboxyethylamino group. It is a phenylazo group having 1 to 3 to be treated.
  • the benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably a benzoylamino group having one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group.
  • the naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent is unsubstituted or preferably has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group. More preferably, it has one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
  • the substitution position of the substituent which the phenylamino group, the phenylazo group and the benzoylamino group may have is not particularly limited, but one of the substituents is for each of the amino group, the azo group or the amide group. It is preferably at the p-position.
  • the substitution position of Xb 1 is preferably 6-position or 7-position, and more preferably 6-position, when the position of the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
  • a polarizing element having a high degree of polarization can be further improved in transmittance at a parallel position of 550 nm to 700 nm.
  • It is more preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (7), further preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (8), still more preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (9), and particularly.
  • It is preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (10).
  • Xb 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3
  • the Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 or Ab 2 is described above. It is more preferable that the amino group may have at least one substituent different from the above.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).
  • Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).
  • Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (3) can be easily produced by performing known diazotization and coupling according to the usual method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1.
  • the amines represented by the formula (A) are diazotized by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1, primaryly coupled with the anilines of the following formula (B), and represented by the following formula (C). To obtain a monoazoamino compound.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 , and Rb 2 have the same meanings as those in formula (3), respectively.
  • this monoazoamino compound (C) is diazotized by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1, secondaryly coupled with the anilines of the following formula (D), and represented by the following formula (E). Obtain a disazoamino compound.
  • Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 4 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3), respectively.
  • the azo compound of the formula (3) can be obtained by diazotizing the formula (E) by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1 and coupling it with the naphthols represented by the following formula (F).
  • the diazotization step is carried out by the normal method of mixing a mineral acid aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid of the diazo component or a nitrite such as sodium nitrite with a turbid solution, or a neutral or weak alkaline diazo component. This is done by the reverse method of adding nitrite to the aqueous solution and mixing it with mineral acid.
  • the temperature of diazotization is preferably ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C.
  • the coupling step with anilines is carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo solutions at a temperature of ⁇ 10 to 40 ° C. and acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
  • the monoazo compound and disazo compound obtained by coupling can be taken out as they are, or they can be precipitated by acidation or salting out and filtered out, or they can proceed to the next step as a solution or a turbid solution. If the monoazo compound or disazo compound obtained by coupling is a sparingly soluble and turbid liquid, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
  • the coupling reaction between the diazodized diazo compound and the naphthols represented by the formula (F) is carried out at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C. under neutral to alkaline conditions of pH 7 to 10. After completion of the reaction, it is precipitated by salting out, filtered and taken out. If purification is required, salting out may be repeated or precipitated from water using an organic solvent.
  • organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
  • the starting material for synthesizing the azo compound represented by the formula (3) is a naphthylamine compound corresponding to the substituted naphthyl group represented by the formula (A).
  • the naphthylamines of the formula (A) include 2-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, and 2-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalene-.
  • Anilines having a substituent (Rb 1 to Rb 6 ) which is a primary / secondary coupling component when h is 0 or a primary to tertiary coupling component when h is 1 include aniline and 2 -Methylaniline, 2-ethylaniline, 2-propylaniline, 2-butylaniline, 3-methylaniline, 3-ethylaniline, 3-propylaniline, 3-butylaniline, 2,5-dimethylaniline, 2,5- Diethylaniline, 2-methoxyaniline, 2-ethoxyaniline, 2-propoxyaniline, 2-butoxyaniline, 3-methoxyaniline, 3-ethoxyaniline, 3-propoxyaniline, 3-butoxyaniline, 2-methoxy-5-methyl Aniline, 2,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3,5-dimethylaniline, 2,6-dimethylaniline, 3,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) propan-1-sulfonic
  • naphthols having Xb 1 which is a tertiary coupling component when h is 0 or a quaternary coupling component when h is 1 include 6-amino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol.
  • 6-Methylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol 6-phenylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol, 6- (4-methoxy-phenylamino) -3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol, 6- Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, benzoylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol and 6- (4'-aminobenzoyl) amino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol.
  • the azo compound represented by the formula (3) is represented in the form of a free acid.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention is a conventional dye-based polarizing element by combining an azo compound represented by the formula (1) or an azo compound represented by the formula (2) with an azo compound represented by the formula (3).
  • a polarizing element or a polarizing plate having a higher transmittance than a plate and a high degree of polarization.
  • it achieves high-quality paper-like white, commonly known as paper white, when displayed in white, and achromatic black, especially when displayed in black. It is possible to realize a high-quality clear black color and to have a higher contrast than a conventional dye-based polarizing element or dye-based polarizing plate.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention is further represented by the formula (4) with respect to the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (3).
  • a polarizing element or a polarizing plate having a higher transmission rate and a higher degree of polarization can be obtained.
  • the transmittance can be further improved at 400 to 500 nm in the polarizing element, and a high degree of polarization can be obtained, which is preferable.
  • Ay 11 is an independent hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group
  • Ry 11 to Ry 14 are independently hydrogen. It is a lower alkoxy group having an atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a sulfo group
  • f represents an integer of 1 to 3
  • Ay11 is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxy group.
  • Ry11 to Ry14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group and a methoxy group.
  • azo compound represented by the formula (4) include, for example, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 4, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 72, and C.I. I. There are, but are not limited to, Direct Orange 39 and azo compounds having a stilbene structure described in International Publication No. 2007/138980 and the like.
  • the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or a salt thereof can be synthesized by, for example, the method described in International Publication No. 2007/138980.
  • Ay 21 and Ay 22 are naphthyl groups which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, respectively, and are Ry 21 , Ry 22 and Ry 27 .
  • Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to 4 alkoxy groups
  • Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1. It is an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkoxy group of 4 and a sulfo group, and s and t independently indicate 0 or 1 respectively.
  • the phenyl group having a substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen group, a nitro group, an amino group, a lower alkyl substituted amino group, and a lower group.
  • Alkyl Substituted Acylamino Group A phenyl group having one or more substituents selected from phenyl groups.
  • the phenyl group has two or more substituents
  • at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group
  • the other substituents are a sulfo group, a hydrogen atom, and the like. It is preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a nitro group, an amino group, a lower alkyl substituted amino group, or a lower alkyl substituted acylamino group.
  • a sulfo group, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a sulfopropoxy group, a sulfobutoxy group, a chloro group, a nitro group, or an amino group is more preferable. Particularly preferably, it is a group, a carboxy group, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a sulfopropoxy group, or a sulfobutoxy group.
  • the substitution position is not particularly limited, but preferably only the 2-position, only the 4-position, the combination of the 2-position and the 6-position, the combination of the 2-position and the 4-position, and the combination of the 3-position and the 5-position are particularly preferable, and the 2-position is particularly preferable. Only the place, only the 4th place, the combination of the 2nd place and the 4th place, or the combination of the 3rd place and the 5th place. Note that only the 2-position and the 4-position indicate that only the 2-position or the 4-position has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom.
  • the phenyl group having a substituent is preferably represented by the following formula (11).
  • At least one of Ry 2a and Ry 2b is a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a sulfo group, and the other is a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a sulfo group.
  • one of Ry 2a and Ry 2b is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
  • the naphthyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a naphthyl group which may have one or more substituents selected from a hydroxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group and a sulfo group.
  • the naphthyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a naphthyl group represented by the following formula (12).
  • Ry 2c is a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a sulfo group, or a sulfo group.
  • u is an integer of 1 to 3.
  • the position of the sulfo group may be present in any benzene nucleus of the naphthalene ring.
  • Ry 2c is a hydrogen atom and u is 2.
  • the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substituent of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal.
  • the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group and a 4-sulfobutoxy group.
  • the position of the substituent of the naphthyl group is not particularly limited, but when described by the number shown in the formula (12), the substitution position of the azo group is the 2-position in the formula (5), and the 5-position when there are two substituents.
  • the 7-position and the 4-position and the 8-position, or the combination of the 6-position and the 8-position are preferable, and when the number of substituents is 3, the 3-position, the 5-position and the 7-position, and the 3-position, the 6-position and the 8-position are preferable.
  • Ry 21 , Ry 22 , Ry 27 , and Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, lower alkoxy groups, and lower alkyl groups, but are preferably hydrogen atoms, methyl groups, ethyl groups, methoxy groups, and ethoxy groups, respectively.
  • Ry 23 to Ry 26 are lower alkoxy groups each independently having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a sulfo group, whereas Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independent, preferably hydrogen atom, a methyl group, respectively. It is an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, or a 3-sulfopropoxy group.
  • positions of Ry 3 to Ry 6 preferably, only the 2nd position, only the 5th position, the combination of the 2nd and 6th positions, the combination of the 2nd and 5th positions, and the combination of the 3rd and 5th positions are preferable, and more preferably. Only the 2nd place, only the 5th place, and the combination of the 2nd place and the 5th place. It should be noted that only the 2-position and the 5-position indicate that only the 2-position or the 5-position has one substituent other than the hydrogen atom.
  • the azo compound represented by the formula (5) is preferably represented by the following formula (5b).
  • Ay 21 , Ay 22 , Ry 21 to Ry 28 , s or t have the same meanings as those in the formula (5), respectively.
  • the azo compound represented by the above formula (5) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5b) or a salt thereof is diazotized and coupled according to a conventional method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1. It can be produced by reacting with a uraido agent as described in Patent Documents 4 to 7.
  • the azo compounds represented by the above formulas (1) to (5) may be in the form of a free acid or a salt, but may be a salt of a metal ion or an ammonium ion.
  • the metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ion and magnesium ion.
  • ammonium ion examples include ammonium ion, methylammonium ion, dimethylammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion, tetra-n-propylammonium ion, tetra-n-butylammonium ion, triethanolammonium ion and the like. .. More specifically, for example, in the case of free acid, sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), in the case of sodium ion, sodium sulfonate (-SO 3 Na), in the case of ammonium ion, ammonium sulfonate (-SO). 3 NH 4 ) is represented.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention includes an azo compound represented by the formula (1), an azo compound represented by the formula (2), and an azo compound represented by the formula (3). It is possible to provide a polarizing element having high transmittance, high contrast, that is, high degree of polarization. Further, by further incorporating the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5), it is possible to provide a polarizing element having higher transmittance, higher contrast, that is, a higher degree of polarization.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention has excellent polarization performance such as chromaticity a * value and b * value in a preferable range described later, single transmittance after correction of visual sensitivity, and average transmittance in a specific wavelength band.
  • the transmittance of a single polarizing element at each wavelength can be made constant.
  • a constant transmittance that is, an achromatic hue even at each wavelength at the orthogonal position when the absorption axes of the two polarizing elements are orthogonal to each other. From this, the polarizing element of the present invention can not only have high transmittance and high contrast, that is, high degree of polarization, but also have an achromatic hue.
  • the transmittance and chromaticity can be adjusted to be within the preferable ranges described later.
  • the performance of the polarizing element includes not only the compounding ratio of each azo compound in the polarizing element, but also various factors such as the degree of swelling and stretching ratio of the substrate that adsorbs the azo compound, the dyeing time, the dyeing temperature, the pH at the time of dyeing, and the influence of the salt. It changes depending on various factors. Therefore, the blending ratio of each azo compound can be determined according to the degree of swelling of the substrate, the temperature at the time of dyeing, the time, the pH, the type of salt, the concentration of salt, and the draw ratio.
  • the transmittance after the luminosity factor correction refers to the transmittance corrected to the luminosity factor of the human eye, and can be obtained according to JIS Z 8722: 2009.
  • JIS Z 8722 2009.
  • the measurement sample for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate
  • the spectral transmittance of each wavelength is measured every 5 nm or 10 nm in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm using a C light source (2 degree field), and JIS Z 8722. : It can be obtained by correcting the visual sensitivity according to 2009.
  • the transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the single transmittance (Ys) after the visual sensitivity correction when the measurement sample is measured by itself, and the visual sensitivity when each absorption axis is parallel to each other using two measurement samples.
  • Ys single transmittance
  • Yc corrected orthogonal position transmittance
  • the difference in average transmittance between specific wavelength bands is a predetermined value or less.
  • the average transmittance means the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in a specific wavelength band.
  • the wavelength bands 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm are the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in the calculation when showing colors in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. Specifically, in the XYZ color matching function of JIS Z 8701, which is the basis of JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, x ( ⁇ ) having a maximum value of 600 nm and y ( ⁇ ) having a maximum value of 550 nm are set to 455 nm.
  • each wavelength showing a value of 20 or more is each wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm.
  • the average transmittance of each wavelength from ⁇ nm to ⁇ nm is also referred to as “AT ⁇ - ⁇ ”.
  • the transmittance obtained by measuring at each wavelength in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (when displayed in bright light or when displayed in white) is the "parallel transmission" of each wavelength. Also referred to as "rate (Tp)".
  • rate (Tp) the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is preferably 2.5% as the absolute value of the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 . It is less than or equal to, more preferably 1.8% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, and particularly preferably 1.0% or less.
  • the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less as an absolute value. Particularly preferably, it is 1.0% or less.
  • Such a polarizing element can display a high-quality paper-like white color in a parallel position.
  • the transmittance obtained by measuring at each wavelength in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displayed in black or when displayed in dark) is the "orthogonal transmission" of each wavelength. It is called “rate (Tc)".
  • rate (Tc) the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is such that the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 1.0% or less as an absolute value. It is preferable that the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is 1.0% or less as an absolute value.
  • Such a polarizing element can display an achromatic black color at an orthogonal position.
  • the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 as an absolute value is preferably 0.6% or less, more preferably 0.3% or less, still more preferably 0.1% or less. ..
  • the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 1.0% or less, more preferably 0.6% or less, and further preferably 0.3% or less as an absolute value. , Particularly preferably 0.1%.
  • the average transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 380 nm to 420 nm, 480 nm to 520 nm, and 640 nm to 780 nm, which is different from the above wavelength band, the parallel position transmittance, and the orthogonal position transmittance is also to some extent. It is preferable that it is adjusted.
  • the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is preferably that the difference between AT 380-420 and AT 420-480 is 15% or less, and AT.
  • the difference between 480-520 and AT 420-480 is more preferably 15% or less, and the difference between AT 480-520 and AT 520-590 is preferably 15% or less, with AT 640-780 . It is more preferable that the difference from AT 600-640 is 20% or less.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention preferably has a simple substance transmittance (Ys) of 35% to 65% after correction of visual sensitivity.
  • the single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the transmittance corrected to the visual sensitivity according to JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate).
  • JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate).
  • the performance of the polarizing plate if the single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is 35% to 65%, the brightness can be expressed without discomfort even when used in a display device. The higher the transmittance, the lower the degree of polarization.
  • the single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is preferably 36% to 55%, more preferably 37% to 37%. It is 50%, more preferably 38% to 48%, and particularly preferably 39% to 45%. If the single transmittance after luminosity factor correction exceeds 65%, the degree of polarization may decrease, but if the bright transmittance of the polarizing element or specific polarization performance or contrast is required, the single transmittance after luminosity factor correction is required. The rate may exceed 65%.
  • AT 520-590 is preferably 25% to 50% with respect to the average transmittance of the parallel transmittance (Tp) of each wavelength.
  • Tp parallel transmittance
  • the transmittance of the wavelength band from 520 nm to 590 nm is one of the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in the calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
  • each wavelength band from 520 nm to 590 nm is the wavelength band having the highest visual sensitivity based on the color matching function, and it is said that the transmittance in this range is close to the transmittance that can be visually confirmed. Therefore, it is very important to adjust the transmittance in the wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm.
  • the average transmittance AT 520-590 of the parallel transmittance of each wavelength is more preferably 28% to 45%, still more preferably 30% to 40%.
  • the degree of polarization of the polarizing element at this time is preferably 80% to 100%, more preferably 90% to 100%, still more preferably 97% to 100%, still more preferably 99% or more. It is particularly preferably 99.5% or more.
  • the transmittance and the degree of polarization should be adjusted to be suitable depending on whether the brightness is emphasized or the degree of polarization (or contrast) is emphasized. Can be done.
  • the chromaticity a * value and b * value are values obtained at the time of measuring the transmittance of natural light according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013.
  • the object color display method defined in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 corresponds to the object color display method defined by the International Commission on Illumination (abbreviation: CIE).
  • CIE International Commission on Illumination
  • the measurement of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value is performed by irradiating the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate) with natural light.
  • the chromaticity a * value and b * value required for one measurement sample are shown as a * -s and b * -s so that the absorption axis directions of the two measurement samples are parallel to each other.
  • the chromaticity a * value and b * value obtained for the arranged state (when displayed in white) are shown as a * -p and b * -p, and the two measurement samples are arranged so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other.
  • the chromaticity a * value and b * value obtained for the state (when displayed in black) are shown as a * -c and b * -c.
  • the absolute values of chromaticity a * -s and b * -s required for one measurement sample are 1.0 or less (-1.0 ⁇ a * -s ⁇ 1.0,-, respectively. 1.0 ⁇ b * ⁇ s ⁇ 1.0) is preferable.
  • a * -p is preferably -2.0 to 2.0 (-2.0 ⁇ a * -p ⁇ 2.0), and b * -p is -2.0 to 3.0 (-2.0 ⁇ a * -p ⁇ 2.0).
  • -2.0 ⁇ b * -p ⁇ 3.0) is preferable.
  • Such a polarizing element is a neutral color by itself, and can display high-quality white when displayed in white.
  • the absolute values of a * -p and b * -p in a state where two measurement samples are arranged so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (when displayed in white) are independently 2.0 or less. It is good, more preferably 1.5 or less independently, and particularly preferably 1.0 or less independently. Further, the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -c and b * -c in the state where the two measurement samples are arranged so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displayed in black) are 2.0 or less (-2.
  • Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black when displaying black. Even if there is a difference of 0.5 between the absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value, humans can perceive the difference in color, and the difference in color may be felt greatly depending on the person. Therefore, it is very important to control these values in the polarizing element.
  • the polarizing element can give black even if the absolute values of a * -c and b * -c are not 2.0 or less.
  • the orthogonal transmittance at each wavelength of the wavelength band 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1% or less, or the degree of polarization is about 97% or more, a * -c.
  • black can be given visually regardless of the absolute value of b * -c.
  • the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is 0.6% or less, or the degree of polarization is 98% or more, more black is visually imparted. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable when the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength is 0.3% or less or the degree of polarization is 99% or more.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention has high contrast and high transmittance, while having achromaticity and high degree of polarization by itself. Further, the polarizing element of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white (paper white) when displayed in white, and express achromatic black, particularly high-quality clear black when displayed in black. Can be done.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention is also highly durable, particularly resistant to high temperatures and high humidity.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention absorbs less light having a wavelength of 700 nm or more than the iodine-based polarizing plate and the polarizing element described in Patent Document 3, and therefore generates less heat even when irradiated with light such as sunlight.
  • light such as sunlight.
  • the polarizing element is also irradiated.
  • Sunlight also includes light having a wavelength of 700 nm or more, and light in the near infrared region has a heat generation effect. Since the polarizing element of the present invention absorbs very little near-infrared rays, it is excellent in that it generates less heat even when exposed to sunlight outdoors and therefore has less deterioration.
  • a specific method for producing a polarizing element will be described by taking as an example a case where an azo compound is adsorbed on a base material made of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin.
  • the method for manufacturing the polarizing element of the present invention is not limited to the following manufacturing method.
  • the raw film can be produced by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained, for example, by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin.
  • Examples of the polyvinyl acetate-based resin include polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, and a copolymer of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith.
  • Examples of other monomers copolymerized with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids and the like.
  • the degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually preferably about 85 to 100 mol%, more preferably 95 mol% or more.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be further modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used.
  • the degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin means the viscosity average degree of polymerization, and can be obtained by a method well known in the art, and is usually preferably about 1,000 to 10,000, and the degree of polymerization is 1,500 to 1,500. About 6,000 is more preferable.
  • the method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film may contain glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, or the like as a plasticizer.
  • the amount of the plasticizer is preferably 5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 8 to 15% by mass in the total amount of the film.
  • the film thickness of the raw film is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 5 ⁇ m to 150 ⁇ m, more preferably about 10 ⁇ m to 100 ⁇ m, for example.
  • the raw film obtained as described above is subjected to a swelling treatment.
  • the swelling treatment is preferably carried out by immersing the raw film in a solution at 20 to 50 ° C. for 30 seconds to 10 minutes.
  • the solution is preferably water.
  • the draw ratio is preferably adjusted to 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35 times.
  • the dyeing step the resin film obtained by swelling the raw film is adsorbed and impregnated with the azo compound.
  • the swelling treatment of the raw film can be performed at the same time in the dyeing step. Since the process of adsorbing and impregnating the azo compound is a step of coloring the resin film, it is a dyeing step.
  • an azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a mixture of the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (3) is used.
  • the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5) can be further used.
  • an azo compound which is a dichroic dye exemplified in Non-Patent Document 2 and the like can be optionally used to the extent that the performance of the polarizing element of the present invention is not impaired.
  • salts of the compounds may be used.
  • Such salts are alkali metal salts such as, for example, lithium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts, or organic salts such as ammonium salts and alkylamine salts, preferably sodium salts.
  • the dyeing step is not particularly limited as long as it is a method of adsorbing and impregnating the dye on the resin film, but is preferably performed by immersing the resin film in the dyeing solution, and is performed by applying the dyeing solution to the resin film. You can also do it.
  • Each azo compound in the dyeing solution can be adjusted, for example, in the range of 0.001 to 10% by mass.
  • the solution temperature in this step is preferably 5 to 60 ° C, more preferably 20 to 50 ° C, and particularly preferably 35 to 50 ° C.
  • the time of immersion in the solution can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably adjusted to 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
  • the dyeing solution may further contain a dyeing aid, if necessary, in addition to the azo compound.
  • a dyeing aid examples include sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, anhydrous sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate and the like.
  • the content of the dyeing aid can be adjusted at an arbitrary concentration depending on the time and temperature depending on the dyeability of the dye, but the content of each is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 0.01 in the dyeing solution. 2% by mass is more preferable.
  • washing step 1 After the dyeing step and before entering the next step, a washing step (hereinafter, also referred to as “cleaning step 1”) can be performed.
  • the dyeing and cleaning step 1 is a step of cleaning the dyeing solution adhering to the surface of the resin film in the dyeing step. By performing the washing step 1, it is possible to suppress the transfer of the dye into the liquid to be treated next.
  • water is generally used as the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning method is preferably immersed in a cleaning liquid, but cleaning can also be performed by applying the cleaning liquid to a resin film.
  • the washing time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably 1 to 60 seconds.
  • the temperature of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning step 1 needs to be a temperature at which the material constituting the resin film (for example, a hydrophilic polymer, here, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin) does not dissolve. Generally, it is washed at 5 to 40 ° C. However, even if there is no cleaning step 1, there is no problem in performance, so the cleaning step can be omitted.
  • a hydrophilic polymer here, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin
  • Step of containing a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent After the dyeing step or the washing step 1, a step of containing a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be performed.
  • a method of incorporating a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent in the resin film it is preferable to immerse the resin film in the treatment solution, but the treatment solution may be applied or coated on the resin film.
  • the treatment solution contains at least one cross-linking agent and / or water resistant agent and a solvent.
  • the temperature of the treatment solution in this step is preferably 5 to 70 ° C, more preferably 5 to 50 ° C.
  • the treatment time in this step is preferably 30 seconds to 6 minutes, more preferably 1 to 5 minutes.
  • cross-linking agent examples include a boron compound such as boric acid, boric acid or ammonium borate, a polyvalent aldehyde such as glyoxal or glutaraldehyde, a polyvalent isocyanate compound such as biuret type, isocyanurate type or block type, and titanium oxy. Titanium-based compounds such as sulfate can be used, but ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyamide epichlorohydrin and the like can also be used.
  • water resistant agent examples include succinic acid peroxide, ammonium persulfate, calcium perchlorate, benzoin ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, ammonium chloride, magnesium chloride and the like, but boric acid is preferable.
  • the solvent for the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent is preferably, but not limited to, water.
  • the concentration of the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent can be appropriately determined by those skilled in the art depending on the type thereof, but when boric acid is taken as an example, the concentration in the treatment solution is 0.1 to 6.0 mass by mass.
  • % Is preferable and 1.0 to 4.0% by mass is more preferable.
  • the stretching step is performed.
  • the stretching step is performed by stretching the resin film uniaxially.
  • the stretching method may be either a wet stretching method or a dry stretching method.
  • the draw ratio is preferably 3 times or more, more preferably 4 to 8 times, and particularly preferably 5 to 7 times.
  • the resin film in water, a water-soluble organic solvent, or a mixed solution thereof. It is preferable to carry out the stretching treatment while immersing in a solution containing at least one cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent.
  • the cross-linking agent and the water-resistant agent the same ones as described above can be used for the step of containing the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent.
  • the concentration of the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent in the solution in the stretching step is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 8.0% by mass.
  • the stretching temperature is preferably 40 to 60 ° C, more preferably 45 to 58 ° C.
  • the stretching time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, but more preferably 2 to 5 minutes.
  • the wet stretching step can be performed in one step, but it can also be performed by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
  • the stretching heating medium is an air medium
  • the humidity is in an atmosphere of 20 to 95% RH.
  • the heating method include an inter-roll zone stretching method, a roll heating stretching method, a pressure stretching method, an infrared heating stretching method, and the like, but the stretching method is not limited.
  • the stretching step can be carried out in one step, but can also be carried out by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
  • the washing step 2 After the stretching step, the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent may precipitate on the surface of the resin film, or foreign matter may adhere to the surface of the resin film. Can be referred to).
  • the washing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes.
  • a cleaning method it is preferable to immerse the resin film in the cleaning liquid, but the solution can also be applied to the resin film or washed by coating. Water is preferable as the cleaning liquid.
  • the cleaning treatment can be performed in one stage, or the multi-stage treatment in two or more stages can be performed.
  • the solution temperature in the washing step is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 to 50 ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
  • the treatment liquid or its solvent used in the treatment steps up to this point includes water, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethylene. Examples thereof include alcohols such as glycol, tetraethylene glycol or trimethylolpropane, and amines such as ethylenediamine and diethylenetriamine, but the present invention is not limited thereto.
  • the treatment liquid or its solvent is most preferably water. Moreover, these treatment liquids or the solvent thereof may be used individually by 1 type, but a mixture of 2 or more types may also be used.
  • a drying step of the resin film is performed.
  • the drying treatment can be carried out by natural drying, but in order to further improve the drying efficiency, it can be carried out by compression with a roll, air knife, removal of moisture on the surface by a water absorbing roll, etc., and / or by blowing air drying. You can also do it.
  • the drying treatment temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C, more preferably 60 to 100 ° C.
  • the drying treatment time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, but is preferably 5 to 10 minutes.
  • the dyeing time and the stretching ratio in the stretching step are preferably adjusted so that the polarizing element of the present invention satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) to (vi), (vii) and (viii). It is more preferable to make adjustments so as to further satisfy the above conditions.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention includes a polarizing element and a transparent protective layer provided on one side or both sides of the polarizing element.
  • the transparent protective layer is provided for the purpose of improving the water resistance and handleability of the polarizing element.
  • the transparent protective layer is a protective film formed by using a transparent substance.
  • the protective film is a film having a layered shape capable of maintaining the shape of the polarizing element, and plastic or the like having excellent transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture shielding property, etc. is preferable. Equivalent functions may be provided by forming a layer equivalent to this.
  • plastics constituting the protective film include thermoplastic resins such as polyester resins, acetate resins, polyether sulfone resins, polycarbonate resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyolefin resins and acrylic resins. Examples thereof include a film obtained from a thermosetting resin such as acrylic, urethane, acrylic urethane, epoxy and silicone, or an ultraviolet curable resin.
  • examples of the polyolefin-based resin include an amorphous polyolefin-based resin having a polymerization unit of a cyclic polyolefin such as a norbornene-based monomer or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer.
  • a protective film that does not impair the performance of the polarizing element after laminating the protective film, and as such a protective film, triacetyl cellulose (TAC) made of a cellulose acetate resin and norbornene are particularly preferable. ..
  • TAC triacetyl cellulose
  • the protective film may be subjected to a hard coat treatment, an antireflection treatment, a sticking prevention / diffusion treatment, an antiglare treatment, or the like, as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired.
  • the thickness of the transparent protective layer is preferably 10 to 200 ⁇ m.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention further includes an adhesive layer for adhering the transparent protective layer to the polarizing element between the transparent protective layer and the polarizing element.
  • the adhesive constituting the adhesive layer is not particularly limited.
  • a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, a urethane emulsion-based adhesive, an acrylic-based adhesive, a polyester-isocyanate-based adhesive, and the like can be mentioned, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive is preferable.
  • polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive examples include, but are not limited to, Gosenol NH-26 (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Co., Ltd.) and Exevar RS-2117 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.).
  • a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be added to the adhesive.
  • the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive it is preferable to use a maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer, and if necessary, an adhesive mixed with a cross-linking agent can be used.
  • maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer examples include Isovan # 18 (manufactured by Kuraray), Isoban # 04 (manufactured by Kuraray), Ammonia-modified Isovan # 104 (manufactured by Kuraray), and Ammonia-modified Isovan # 110 (manufactured by Kuraray). ), Imidized Isovan # 304 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), Imidized Isovan # 310 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • a water-soluble polyvalent epoxy compound can be used as the cross-linking agent at that time.
  • water-soluble polyvalent epoxy compound examples include Denacol EX-521 (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech) and Tetrat-C (manufactured by Mitsui Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.).
  • an adhesive other than the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin known adhesives such as urethane-based, acrylic-based, and epoxy-based adhesives can also be used.
  • polyvinyl alcohol modified with an acetoacetyl group it is more preferable to use a polyhydric aldehyde as a cross-linking agent thereof.
  • additives such as zinc compounds, chlorides, and iodides should be contained alone or simultaneously at a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by mass. You can also.
  • Additives to the adhesive are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected by those skilled in the art.
  • a polarizing plate can be obtained by bonding the transparent protective layer and the polarizing element with an adhesive and then drying or heat-treating at an appropriate temperature.
  • the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention When the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is attached to a display device such as a liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence (commonly known as OLED or OEL), the viewing angle is improved and / on the surface of a protective layer or film which will later become an unexposed surface.
  • a display device such as a liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence (commonly known as OLED or OEL)
  • various functional layers for improving contrast, and a layer or film having brightness improving property may be provided.
  • the various functional layers are, for example, a layer or a film for controlling the phase difference.
  • the polarizing plate is preferably attached to these films or display devices with an adhesive. By attaching a retardation plate, the polarizing plate of the present invention can also be used as an elliptical polarizing plate.
  • the polarizing plate is preferably attached to these films or display devices with an adhesive.
  • the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention may be provided with various known functional layers such as an AR layer (antireflection layer), an antiglare layer, and a hard coat layer on the transparent protective layer or the exposed surface of the film. good.
  • a coating method is preferable for producing layers having various functions, but a film having the functions can also be bonded via an adhesive or an adhesive.
  • the hard coat layer examples include a protective layer such as an acrylic-based, polysiloxane-based, or urethane-based hard coat layer.
  • the AR layer can be expected to further improve the light transmittance of the single plate.
  • the AR layer can be formed by coating, vapor deposition, or sputtering a substance such as silicon dioxide or titanium oxide, or by applying a thin coat of a fluorine-based substance.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention has high transmittance and high degree of polarization, and can realize achromaticity while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization, and is particularly high quality when displayed in white. It is a highly durable polarizing plate that can express white color like paper and can express neutral black color when displayed in black.
  • the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is provided with a protective layer or a functional layer and a transparent support such as glass, crystal, or sapphire, if necessary, and is provided with a liquid crystal projector, a calculator, a clock, a notebook computer, a word processor, a liquid crystal television, or the like. It is applied to polarized lenses, polarized glasses, car navigation systems, and indoor and outdoor measuring instruments and displays.
  • the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention is suitably used for a liquid crystal display device, for example, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, and an organic electroluminescence other than the liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white and neutral black.
  • the liquid crystal display device is a liquid crystal display device having high durability, high reliability, high contrast in the long term, and high color reproducibility.
  • reaction solution was stirred at pH 0.0 to 0.5 at 90 ° C. to 99 ° C. for 5 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction, and then the precipitated solid was filtered off to be represented by the formula (13).
  • the formula (13) We obtained 150 parts of a wet cake of the monoazo compound.
  • Step 2 150 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (13) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 15.3 parts of 2,5-dimethoxyaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (14).
  • Step 3 200 parts of the obtained wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (14) was added to 500 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid was added to 300 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as weakly alkaline.
  • Example 1 A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS # 7500 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having a saponification degree of 99% or more and an average degree of polymerization of 2400 was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 3 minutes, and a swelling treatment was applied to increase the stretching ratio by 1.30 times. Was stretched.
  • the obtained film is obtained from 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the azo compound of the formula (2), which is the azo compound of JP-A-2002-275381 (7).
  • Compound Example 3-8 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 8 minutes. Then, the azo compound was contained in the film.
  • the obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute.
  • the film after immersion was stretched 5.0 times in an aqueous solution at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid for 5 minutes.
  • the obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C.
  • Example 1 An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) using polyvinyl alcohol (NH-26 manufactured by Japan Vam & Poval Co., Ltd.) dissolved in water at 4% of this polarizing element as an adhesive. ) was laminated to obtain a polarizing plate.
  • the obtained polarizing plate maintains the optical performance of the above-mentioned polarizing element, particularly the single transmittance of each wavelength, the parallel position transmittance of each wavelength, the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength, the hue, the degree of polarization and the like. rice field. This polarizing plate was used as the measurement sample of Example 1.
  • Example 2 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of Non-Patent Document 1 with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the formula (2).
  • Compound Example 2-102 which is an azo compound of the above, by 0.37 parts by mass
  • Compound Example 3-10 which is an azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, by 0.26 parts by mass, WO2007 / 138980.
  • Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the method according to the above was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.27 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 3 Compound Example 1-13 (WO2016 / WO2016 / 186194 (28) Azo compound) 0.21 part by mass, compound example 3-31 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 is 0.26 part by mass, according to the production method of WO2007 / 138980.
  • Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the same method was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 4 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of Non-Patent Document 1 with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the formula (2). 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-29, which is the azo compound described in the above, 0.28 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-15, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, WO2007 / 138980.
  • Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by a method according to the above-mentioned production method was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
  • Example 5 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was obtained by adding 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and C.I. I. Direct Red 117 (Compound Example 2-6) 0.18 parts by mass, Compound Example 3-32, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, was added to 0.30 parts by mass in the production method of WO2007 / 138980.
  • Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the same method was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 6 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.27 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-77, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.28 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-10, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. 4) The azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.22 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980) for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
  • Example 7 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.23 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-70, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.29 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-7, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 6. 4) The azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.24 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980) for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
  • Step 1 150 parts of the wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (13) in step 1 of Synthesis Example 1 was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% thereof. 17.3 parts of an aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added. The obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 12.1 parts of 2,5-dimethylaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (16).
  • Step 2 150 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (16) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and a 40% sodium nitrite aqueous solution was added thereto. 17.3 parts were added.
  • the obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 15.3 parts of 2,5-dimethoxyaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the formula (17).
  • Step 3 200 parts of the obtained wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the formula (17) was added to 500 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid was added to 300 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as weakly alkaline.
  • Example 8 Compound Example 1-23 (WO2016 / WO2016 / No. 186194 (Azo compound of formula (54)) 0.21 parts by mass, compound example 3-42 obtained in Synthesis Example 7 which is an azo compound of formula (3) is 0.35 parts by mass, of formula (4). It was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (the azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980), which is an azo compound, for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 9 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-95 which is the azo compound of (2), 0.37 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-35 obtained in Synthesis Example 8 which is the azo compound of the formula (3).
  • the azo compound was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-88 (the azo compound described in WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B83), which is the azo compound of 5), for 8 minutes.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
  • Example 10 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.23 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-70, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-8, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. The azo compound was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-88 (the azo compound described in WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B83), which is the azo compound of 5), for 8 minutes. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
  • Example 11 Compound Example 1-13 (WO2016 / WO2016 / 186194 parts by mass of the azo compound of the formula (28), 0.24 parts by mass of the compound example 3-36 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 9 and the formula (5).
  • the compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.22 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-3 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-A4), which is an azo compound, for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
  • Example 12 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a production method according to 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the manufacturing method of JP-A-2002-275381.
  • Compound Example 2-103 which is the azo compound of (2), is 0.30 parts by mass
  • Compound Example 3-14 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, is 0.29 parts by mass.
  • the azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-84 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B64) which is the azo compound of 5) for 8 minutes.
  • a polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
  • Example 13 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was compounded with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and Compound Example 2-59 (WO2012 / Publication No. 108169 Compound Example (17) 0.29 parts by mass, Compound Example 3-10, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, 0.29 parts by mass, azo of the formula (5) Treatment with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-84 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B64), which is a compound, for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. Made a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1.
  • Example 14 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a production method according to 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the production method of JP-A-2002-275381.
  • Compound Example 2-103 which is the azo compound of (2), is 0.30 parts by mass
  • Compound Example 3-14 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, is 0.29 parts by mass.
  • the Direct Orange 72 was treated with a staining solution containing 0.20 parts by mass at 45 ° C. for 8 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it contained an azo compound.
  • Example 15 The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was compounded with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and compound example 2-26 (WO2005 / WO2005 /) which is an azo compound of the formula (2). 075572 The azo compound of the formula (4)) 0.22 parts by mass, the compound example 3-7 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 6 was 0.29 parts by mass, C.I. I. The Direct Yellow 12 was treated with a staining solution containing 0.30 parts by mass at 45 ° C. for 8 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the azo compound was contained.
  • Example 1 the aqueous solution (staining solution) containing the azo compound has the composition described in Example 1 of Patent Document 3, and the same applies to the following except that the respective staining times are changed to 6 minutes and 5 minutes, which will be described later.
  • the polarizing plates of Comparative Example 10 and Comparative Example 11 were prepared by adjusting the time for immersing the swollen film in the aqueous solution so that the simple substance transmittance was about 41% and containing the azo compound, respectively.
  • Example 15 The polarizing plate described in Example 15 (No. 1) of Patent Document 11 relating to a dye-based polarizing plate was produced.
  • Example 10 In Example 10, instead of the azo compound of Compound Example 2-70, C.I. I. Using Direct Red 80, a staining solution was prepared so that the obtained polarizing element had the same simple substance transmittance, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the polarizing element contained an azo compound. ..
  • Example 10 instead of the azo compound of Compound Example 3-8, C.I. I. Using Direct Blue 67, a staining solution was prepared so that the obtained polarizing element had the same simple substance transmittance, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the azo compound was contained in the polarizing element. ..
  • the parallel transmittance Tp (%) of each wavelength is the spectral transmittance of each wavelength measured by superimposing two measurement samples so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other.
  • the orthogonal transmittance Tc (%) of each wavelength is the spectral transmittance measured by superimposing two measurement samples so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other. Measurements were made over the wavelength range of 380-780 nm.
  • the single transmittance Ys (%) after the luminosity factor correction, the parallel transmittance Yp (%) after the luminosity factor correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc (%) after the luminosity factor correction were obtained for each measurement sample.
  • the single transmittance Ys (%) after the visual sensitivity correction, the parallel position transmittance Yp (%) after the visual sensitivity correction, and the orthogonal position transmittance Yc (%) after the visual sensitivity correction are in the wavelength region of 380 to 780 nm.
  • the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel position transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength obtained at predetermined wavelength intervals d ⁇ are viewed according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. It is the transmittance corrected to the sensitivity.
  • the simple substance transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel-position transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal-position transmittance Tc of each wavelength were calculated by substituting them into the following equations (I to III).
  • P ⁇ represents the spectral distribution of standard light (C light source)
  • y ⁇ represents the two-degree visual field color matching function. The results are shown in Table 1.
  • the polarizing plate of the present invention has a high degree of polarization and contrast, and the degree of polarization and contrast are almost the same as those of Comparative Example 2. It can be seen that the single transmittance is about 1 to 2% lower than that of the value. Therefore, it can be seen that the polarizing plate of the present invention improves the performance of the dye-based polarizing plate. In Comparative Examples 3 to 9, as will be described later, although a polarizing plate having high contrast and high degree of polarization has been obtained, the durability is low.
  • (E) Absolute value of the difference between the average transmittances of the two wavelength bands
  • the measurement samples of Examples 1 to 15 have a high average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) of the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm, which is 32.15% or more. Further, from Tables 3 to 6, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) in the parallel transmittance Tp of Examples 3 and 5 to 15 is smaller than 3.0. Moreover, it can be seen that the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) is smaller than 2.5.
  • the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) at the parallel transmittance Tp is within 2%, and it can be seen that the difference between each wavelength band is extremely small.
  • the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) in the above is within 1%, and the polarizing plate of the present invention is compared with Comparative Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 12 to 17. It can be seen that there is no difference between each wavelength band even in Tc of each wavelength.
  • the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) at Tp is within 2.5%, and at Tp.
  • the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) is within 3.0%, and the difference in the average transmittance in Tc is 1%, which are shown in Table 2.
  • the contrast and the degree of polarization are low. From the above, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present application can realize a polarizing element having no wavelength dependence at Tp and Tc of each wavelength, or a polarizing plate thereof, while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
  • a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -c and b * -c have a single transmittance Ts, a parallel transmittance Tp, and an orthogonal transmittance, respectively. It corresponds to the chromaticity a * value and b * value at the time of Tc measurement, respectively.
  • the polarized color is "white” for the parallel position and “black” for the orthogonal position, but in the examples or comparative examples, for example, yellowish white is “yellow”.
  • Blue-purple black is referred to as "blue-purple”.
  • the measurement samples of Examples 1 to 15 have a single transmittance Ys of 40% or more after the visual sensitivity correction, and further, Examples 2, Example 7, and Example 12 have a single transmittance of 40% or more.
  • the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -s and b * -s are both 1.0 or less, and the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -p and b * -p are Shows a small value of 2.0 or less.
  • it since it has a high transmittance and a high degree of polarization of 97% or more, it was found that white and black can be sufficiently expressed.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention can be designed so that it can sufficiently express achromatic colors in both parallel and orthogonal positions, that is, white and black, while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization, or It was shown that the polarizing plate can be realized.
  • the polarizing element of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white color in parallel position while maintaining high single-unit transmittance and parallel-position transmittance, and is high-quality without coloring by itself. It was shown to be a hue with a neutral color (achromatic neutral gray). Further, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention maintains a single transmittance after high luminosity factor correction, exhibits achromaticity at parallel positions, and also has a high degree of polarization. Further, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention makes it possible to obtain a polarizing element showing a high-quality achromatic black at an orthogonal position.
  • the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device, for example, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, and an organic electroluminescence other than the liquid crystal display device.
  • the liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white and neutral black. Further, the liquid crystal display device can be used for a liquid crystal display device having high durability, high reliability, long-term high contrast, and high color reproducibility.

Abstract

A polarizing element which contains, in the form of a free acid: an azo compound represented by formula (1) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by formula (2) or a salt thereof; and an azo compound represented by formula (3) or a salt thereof.

Description

偏光素子、偏光板及びそれを備える表示装置A polarizing element, a polarizing plate, and a display device including the polarizing element.
 本発明は、染料系の偏光素子、偏光板及びそれを備える表示装置(ディスプレイ)に関する。 The present invention relates to a dye-based polarizing element, a polarizing plate, and a display device (display) including the same.
 偏光素子は一般に、二色性色素であるヨウ素又は二色性染料をポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムに吸着配向させることにより製造されている。この偏光素子に接着剤層を介してトリアセチルセルロースなどからなる保護フィルムを貼合して得られる偏光板は、液晶表示装置などに用いられる。二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いて作製された偏光板はヨウ素系偏光板と呼ばれ、一方、二色性色素として二色性染料、例えば二色性を有するアゾ化合物を用いて作製された偏光板は染料系偏光板と呼ばれる。染料系偏光板は、高耐熱性、高湿熱耐久性、及び高安定性を有し、また、色素の配合による色の選択性が高いという特徴がある一方で、同じ偏光度を有するヨウ素系偏光板と比較して透過率及びコントラストが低いという問題があった。このため高い耐久性を維持し、色の選択性が多様であることに加え、より高い透過率で、高い偏光特性を有する偏光素子が望まれている。 The polarizing element is generally manufactured by adsorbing and orienting iodine or a dichroic dye, which is a dichroic dye, on a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film. A polarizing plate obtained by laminating a protective film made of triacetyl cellulose or the like on this polarizing element via an adhesive layer is used in a liquid crystal display device or the like. Polarizing plates made with iodine as a dichroic dye are called iodine-based polarizing plates, while polarized light made with a dichroic dye, for example, a dichroic azo compound, as a dichroic dye. The plate is called a dye-based polarizing plate. Dye-based polarizing plates have high heat resistance, high humidity and heat durability, and high stability, and are characterized by high color selectivity due to the blending of dyes, while iodine-based polarizing plates having the same degree of polarization. There was a problem that the transmittance and the contrast were low as compared with the plate. Therefore, a polarizing element having high transmittance, high transmittance, and high polarization characteristics in addition to maintaining high durability and various color selectivity is desired.
 さらに、色の選択性が多様である染料系偏光板であっても、これまでの偏光素子は、2枚の偏光素子の吸収軸方向が互いに平行な位置関係(以下、「平行位」とも称する。)になるように重ねて配置して白色を示す際(以下、「白表示時」又は「明表示時」とも称する。)に、白色が黄色味を帯びた白色を呈するという問題があった。また、この黄色味を抑えて作製された偏光素子であっても、これまでの偏光板は、2枚の偏光素子を吸収軸方向が互いに直交する位置関係(以下、「直交位」とも称する。)になるように重ねて配置して黒色を示す際(以下、「黒表示時」又は「暗表示時」とも称する。)、黒色が青色に呈色するという問題があった。そのため、白表示時に無彩色の白色を示し、黒表示時に黒色を示す偏光板が求められていた。特に、白表示時に高品位な白を有する偏光板、通称、ペーパーホワイトな偏光板を得ることは難しかった。さらに、偏光板が無彩色であるためには、平行位や直交位において各波長の透過率が波長によらずほぼ一定の値であることが必要であるが、そういった偏光板を得ることが、これまでは出来ていなかった。 Further, even in the case of dye-based polarizing plates having various color selectivity, the conventional polarizing elements have a positional relationship in which the absorption axis directions of the two polarizing elements are parallel to each other (hereinafter, also referred to as "parallel position"). There was a problem that the white color became yellowish white when it was arranged so as to be ()) to show white color (hereinafter, also referred to as "white display time" or "bright display time"). .. Further, even in the case of a polarizing element manufactured by suppressing this yellowness, the conventional polarizing plates have a positional relationship in which the absorption axis directions of the two polarizing elements are orthogonal to each other (hereinafter, also referred to as “orthogonal position”). ), There is a problem that the black color is colored blue when the black color is shown (hereinafter, also referred to as “black display” or “dark display”). Therefore, there has been a demand for a polarizing plate that exhibits achromatic white color when displayed in white and black color when displayed in black. In particular, it has been difficult to obtain a polarizing plate having high-quality white when displayed in white, commonly known as a paper-white polarizing plate. Further, in order for the polarizing plate to be achromatic, it is necessary that the transmittance of each wavelength at the parallel position and the orthogonal position is a substantially constant value regardless of the wavelength, and it is possible to obtain such a polarizing plate. It wasn't possible until now.
 白表示時と黒表示時の色相が異なる理由としては、平行位と直交位とで透過率の波長依存性が同じではなく、特に、可視光領域にわたって透過率が一定でないことに起因する。さらに、二色性が可視光領域にわたり一定でないことも無彩色偏光板の実現が難しい要因の1つである。 The reason why the hues in white display and black display are different is that the wavelength dependence of the transmittance is not the same in the parallel position and the orthogonal position, and in particular, the transmittance is not constant over the visible light region. Further, the fact that the dichroism is not constant over the visible light region is one of the factors that make it difficult to realize an achromatic polarizing plate.
 ヨウ素系偏光板を例にして説明すると、ポリビニルアルコール(以下、「PVA」とも称する。)を基材とし、二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いて作製されたヨウ素系偏光板は、一般的に、480nm及び600nmを中心とした領域に吸収を有する。480nmの吸収は、ポリヨウ素I とPVAとの錯体、600nmの吸収はポリヨウ素I とPVAとの錯体に起因すると言われている。各波長における偏光度(二色性)は、ポリヨウ素I とPVAとの錯体に基づく偏光度(二色性)の方が、ポリヨウ素I とPVAとの錯体に基づく偏光度(二色性)よりも高い。つまり、直交位の透過率を各波長において一定にしようとすると、平行位の透過率が480nmと比べて600nmの方が高くなり、白表示時に白色が黄色く着色する現象が起こってしまっていた。逆に、平行位の透過率を一定にしようとすると、直交位の透過率が480nmと比べて600nmの方が低くなるため、黒表示時に黒色が青色に着色してしまっていた。白表示時に白色が黄色を呈している場合、一般的に劣化が進んだような印象を与えるため好ましいとは言えない。又、黒表示時に青い色が抜ける場合、明瞭な黒でないため高級感がないような印象を与える。又、ヨウ素系偏光板では、主に視感度の高い550nm付近には、その波長に基づく錯体がないために、色相の制御が難しい。このように、各波長の偏光度(二色性)が一定でないために、偏光度(二色性)の波長依存性が生じてしまっていた。又、ヨウ素とPVAによる錯体による吸収である480nmと600nmの2つの二色性色素しかないため、ヨウ素とPVAからなるヨウ素系偏光板では色相の調整も出来なかった。 Taking an iodine-based polarizing plate as an example, an iodine-based polarizing plate manufactured by using polyvinyl alcohol (hereinafter, also referred to as “PVA”) as a base material and iodine as a dichroic dye is generally used. It has absorption in the region centered on 480 nm and 600 nm. It is said that the absorption at 480 nm is due to the complex of polyiodide I 3- and PVA, and the absorption at 600 nm is due to the complex of polyiodide I 5- and PVA. Regarding the degree of polarization (dichroism) at each wavelength, the degree of polarization based on the complex of polyiodide I 5- and PVA (dichroism) is the degree of polarization based on the complex of polyiodide I 3- and PVA (dichroism). Higher than dichroism). That is, when trying to make the transmittance at the orthogonal position constant at each wavelength, the transmittance at the parallel position is higher at 600 nm than at 480 nm, and a phenomenon that white is colored yellow when displayed in white has occurred. On the contrary, when trying to make the transmittance at the parallel position constant, the transmittance at the orthogonal position is lower at 600 nm than at 480 nm, so that black is colored blue when displayed in black. When the white color is yellow when the white color is displayed, it is not preferable because it generally gives the impression that the deterioration has progressed. Also, if the blue color disappears when displaying black, it gives the impression that there is no sense of luxury because it is not clear black. Further, in the iodine-based polarizing plate, it is difficult to control the hue mainly in the vicinity of 550 nm, which has high visual sensitivity, because there is no complex based on the wavelength. As described above, since the degree of polarization (dichroism) of each wavelength is not constant, the wavelength dependence of the degree of polarization (dichroism) has occurred. Further, since there are only two dichroic dyes of 480 nm and 600 nm, which are absorbed by the complex of iodine and PVA, the hue cannot be adjusted by the iodine-based polarizing plate composed of iodine and PVA.
 ヨウ素系偏光板の色相を改善する方法は、特許文献1や特許文献2に記載されている。特許文献1には、ニュートラル係数を算出し、絶対値が0~3である偏光板が記載されている。特許文献2には、410nm~750nmにおける透過率をその平均値の±30%以内にし、ヨウ素に加えて、直接染料、反応染料、又は酸性染料を添加して着色調整してなる偏光素子が記載されている。又、特許文献3のように無彩色の染色系偏光板の技術も開示されている。 A method for improving the hue of an iodine-based polarizing plate is described in Patent Document 1 and Patent Document 2. Patent Document 1 describes a polarizing plate having a neutral coefficient calculated and an absolute value of 0 to 3. Patent Document 2 describes a polarizing element in which the transmittance at 410 nm to 750 nm is within ± 30% of the average value, and the color is adjusted by directly adding a dye, a reactive dye, or an acid dye in addition to iodine. Has been done. Further, as in Patent Document 3, a technique of an achromatic dye-based polarizing plate is also disclosed.
 しかし、特許文献1の偏光板は、例えばその実施例1から分かるように、ニュートラル係数(Np)が低くても、JIS Z 8729から求められる平行位の色相が、a*値が-1.67、かつ、b*値が3.51であることから、白表示時に黄緑色を呈していることが分かる。又、直交位の色相はa*値が0.69ではあるが、b*値が-3.40であることから、黒表示が青色を呈している偏光板になってしまっている。特許文献2の偏光素子は、偏光素子1枚のみを用いて測定されたUCS色空間におけるa*値およびb*値を絶対値2以下にして得られるものであり、偏光素子を2枚重ねた際の白表示時および黒表示時の両方の色相において同時に無彩色を表現できるものではなかった。又、特許文献2の偏光素子の単体透過率の平均値は、実施例1で31.95%、実施例2で31.41%であり、低い値を示していた。このように、特許文献2の偏光素子は透過率が低いため、高透過率及び高コントラストが求められる分野、特に、液晶表示装置及び有機エレクトロルミネッセンスなどの分野では十分な性能を有するものではなかった。さらに、特許文献2の偏光素子は、主たる二色性色素としてヨウ素を用いて作製されていることから、耐久性試験後、特に、湿熱耐久性試験(例えば、85℃、相対湿度85%の環境)後に色変化が大きく、耐久性が劣っていた。 However, as can be seen from Example 1 of the polarizing plate of Patent Document 1, even if the neutral coefficient (Np) is low, the parallel hue obtained from JIS Z 8729 has an a * value of −1.67. Moreover, since the b * value is 3.51, it can be seen that the color is yellowish green when displayed in white. Further, the hue at the orthogonal position has an a * value of 0.69, but since the b * value is -3.40, the black display is a polarizing plate exhibiting blue. The polarizing element of Patent Document 2 is obtained by setting the a * value and b * value in the UCS color space measured using only one polarizing element to an absolute value of 2 or less, and two polarizing elements are stacked. It was not possible to express achromatic colors at the same time in both the hues of white display and black display. Further, the average value of the single transmittance of the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 was 31.95% in Example 1 and 31.41% in Example 2, showing low values. As described above, since the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 has a low transmittance, it does not have sufficient performance in fields where high transmittance and high contrast are required, particularly in fields such as liquid crystal displays and organic electroluminescence. .. Further, since the polarizing element of Patent Document 2 is manufactured by using iodine as a main dichroic dye, after the durability test, in particular, a moist heat durability test (for example, an environment of 85 ° C. and a relative humidity of 85%). ) Later, the color change was large and the durability was inferior.
 一方、染料系偏光板は、耐久性に優れているが、波長依存性が平行位と直交位で異なることは、ヨウ素系偏光板と同様である。平行位及び直交位で同じ色相を示す二色性のアゾ化合物はほぼ皆無であり、存在したとしても二色性(偏光特性)は低い。二色性を有するアゾ化合物の種類によっては、白表示時の白色が黄色を呈し、黒表示時の黒色が青色を呈するなど、直交位及び平行位で波長依存性が全く異なるアゾ化合物も存在する。又、光の明暗によっても人の色の感受性が異なるため、仮に、染料系偏光板の色補正をするとしても、直交位と平行位の両方で偏光をコントロールすることにより発生する光の明暗のそれぞれに適した色補正が必要である。無彩色偏光板は、平行位及び直交位のそれぞれにおいて、透過率が各波長でほぼ一定の値であり波長依存性がない状態でなければ達成することができない。さらに、高透過率及び高コントラストを有する偏光素子を得るためには、一定の透過率を平行位及び直交位で同時に満たすことに加えて、各波長の偏光度(二色比)が高く、かつ、一定である必要がある。アゾ化合物1種を偏光素子の作製に用いた場合でも、直交位と平行位とで各波長の透過率の波長依存性が異なるにも関わらず、2種以上のアゾ化合物を配合して各波長で一定の透過率を達成するためには、1種ずつの平行位と直交位の透過率を考慮し、2種以上の二色比の関係を精密に制御しなければならない。 On the other hand, the dye-based polarizing plate has excellent durability, but the wavelength dependence differs between the parallel position and the orthogonal position, which is the same as the iodine-based polarizing plate. There are almost no dichroic azo compounds showing the same hue at the parallel and orthogonal positions, and even if they exist, the dichroism (polarization characteristics) is low. Depending on the type of azo compound having bichromaticity, there are azo compounds having completely different wavelength dependence in orthogonal and parallel positions, such as white in white display showing yellow and black in black display showing blue. .. In addition, since the sensitivity of human color differs depending on the brightness of the light, even if the color of the dye-based polarizing plate is corrected, the brightness of the light generated by controlling the polarization in both the orthogonal and parallel positions is different. Color correction suitable for each is required. The achromatic polarizing plate cannot be achieved unless the transmittance is a substantially constant value at each wavelength in each of the parallel position and the orthogonal position and there is no wavelength dependence. Further, in order to obtain a polarizing element having high transmittance and high contrast, in addition to simultaneously satisfying a constant transmittance at the parallel position and the orthogonal position, the degree of polarization (two-color ratio) of each wavelength is high and the degree of polarization (two-color ratio) is high. , Must be constant. Even when one type of azo compound is used for manufacturing a polarizing element, even though the wavelength dependence of the transmittance of each wavelength differs between the orthogonal position and the parallel position, two or more types of azo compounds are blended to each wavelength. In order to achieve a certain transmittance, it is necessary to precisely control the relationship between two or more types of two-color ratios in consideration of the transmittance of each type of parallel position and orthogonal position.
 一方で、仮に、平行位と直交位の各波長の透過率と二色比の関係を精密に制御し、透過率をそれぞれの波長において一定にすることが出来たとしても、高透過率かつ高コントラストを実現することは未だ出来ていなかった。つまり、高透過率又は高偏光度になればなるほど無彩色にすることが困難であり、高透過率又は高偏光度な無彩色な偏光板は達成できていなかった。高透過率かつ/又は高コントラストな無彩色偏光板を得ることは非常に難しく、単に色の三原色の二色性色素を適用すれば達成しうるものではない。特に、平行位において各波長で一定の透過率及び高い二色性を同時に実現することは非常に困難を極める。白は僅かに色が入るだけでも、高品位な白を表現できない。又、明状態である時の白は、輝度が高く、感度も高いため、特に重要である。よって、偏光素子として、白表示時に高品位な紙のような無彩色の白色を示し、黒表示時に無彩色の黒色を示すとともに、視感度補正後の単体透過率35%以上及び高偏光度を有する偏光素子が求められている。特許文献3においても白表示時および黒表示時に無彩色な偏光板が記載されているが、さらなる性能の向上が望まれている。 On the other hand, even if the relationship between the transmittance and the two-color ratio of each wavelength in the parallel position and the orthogonal position can be precisely controlled and the transmittance can be made constant at each wavelength, the transmittance is high and high. Achieving contrast has not yet been achieved. That is, the higher the transmittance or the higher the degree of polarization, the more difficult it is to make the color achromatic, and it has not been possible to achieve an achromatic polarizing plate having a high transmittance or a high degree of polarization. It is very difficult to obtain an achromatic polarizing plate with high transmittance and / or high contrast, and it cannot be achieved by simply applying a dichroic dye of the three primary colors. In particular, it is extremely difficult to simultaneously achieve constant transmittance and high dichroism at each wavelength in the parallel position. White cannot express high-quality white even with a slight amount of color. In addition, white in the bright state is particularly important because it has high luminance and high sensitivity. Therefore, as a polarizing element, it exhibits an achromatic white color like high-quality paper when displayed in white, an achromatic black color when displayed in black, and has a single transmittance of 35% or more and a high degree of polarization after correction of luminosity factor. There is a demand for a polarizing element to have. Patent Document 3 also describes an achromatic polarizing plate when displaying white and displaying black, but further improvement in performance is desired.
特開2002-169024号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2002-169024 特開平10-133016号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 10-13301 WO2014/162635号公報WO2014 / 162635 Gazette 特開2006-182846号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2006-182846 特開2007-084803号公報JP-A-2007-084033 WO2016/186194号公報WO2016 / 186194 WO2016/186195号公報WO2016 / 186195 特開平11-218611号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 11-218611 特開2001-033627号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2001-0332627 特開2004-251962号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2004-251962 特開平8-291259号公報Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 8-291259
 従って、本発明の目的は、一つの形態として高透過率及び高偏光度を有する偏光素子、又はその偏光板を提供する。また、一つの形態は白表示時、又は白表示時及び黒表示時の両方において無彩色であり、特に白表示時には高品位な白色を呈する高性能な偏光素子又は偏光板及び表示装置を提供することである。 Therefore, an object of the present invention is to provide a polarizing element having high transmittance and high degree of polarization as one form, or a polarizing plate thereof. Further, one form provides a high-performance polarizing element or polarizing plate and a display device that are achromatic in white display or both in white display and black display, and exhibit high-quality white color particularly in white display. That is.
 本発明者らは、上記課題を解決すべく鋭意検討した結果、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物とを少なくとも含む偏光素子又は偏光板の作製に用いることによって、本発明を完成するに至った。 As a result of diligent studies to solve the above problems, the present inventors have made an azo compound represented by the formula (1) or an azo compound represented by the formula (2) and an azo compound represented by the formula (3). The present invention has been completed by using it for producing a polarizing element or a polarizing plate containing at least.
 すなわち、本発明は、以下の[発明1]~[発明17]に関するが、それに限定されない。
[発明1]
 遊離酸の形式で、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩又は下記式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩と、下記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩とを含む偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(式(1)中、Acは、各々独立して、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(式(2)中、Acは、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc21~Rc28は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xcは、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立して)、さらに置換基を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択され、r、p、qは各々独立に0又は1を示す。ただし、r、p、qが全て1である場合を除き、さらにp又はqのいずれかが1であって、Acがナフチル基の場合には置換基としてヒドロキシ基を含まない。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(式(3)中、Ra、Ra、Ab又はAbは環a及び環bのいずれかで置換されており、Ra又はRaのいずれか一方はヒドロキシ基であって、他方は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Ab又はAbいずれか一方はスルホ基、カルボキシ基又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、他方は水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基から選択される置換基であり、Rb~Rbは、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、hは0又は1を表し、Xbは置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立に)、さらに置換基を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される。)
[発明2]
 下記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩、又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩をさらに含む発明1に記載の偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(式(4)中、Ay11は各々独立にスルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルキル基又はC1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、Ry11~Ry14は各々独立して水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、fは1~3の整数を示す)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(式(5)中、Ay21及びAy22は各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基又は置換基を有してもよいフェニル基であり、Ry21、Ry22、Ry27、及びRy28が、各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基であり、Ry23~Ry26が各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基であり、s、tは各々独立に0又は1を示す。)
[発明3]
 前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1又は2に記載の偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(式(6)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
[発明4]
 前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(7)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~3のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(式(7)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
[発明5]
 前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(8)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、1~4のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(式(8)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を表し、Raは水素原子、またはヒドロキシ基を示す。)
[発明6]
 前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、発明1~5のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(前記式(9)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(2)と同じ意味を示す。)
[発明7]
 偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて測定して求められる各波長の透過率において、420nm~480nmの平均透過率と、520nm~590nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として2.5%以下であり、かつ、520nm~590nmの平均透過率と、600nm~640nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として3.0%以下である、発明1~6のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明8]
 JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時に求められる偏光素子単体におけるa*値及びb*値の絶対値が、ともに1.0以下である、発明1~7のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明9]
 偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態における、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時に求められるa*値が-2.0~2.0であり、b*値の絶対値が-2.0~3.0である、発明1~8のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明10]
 偏光素子の視感度補正後の単体透過率が35%~65%であり、偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態における、波長帯域520nm~590nmの平均透過率が25%~50%である、発明1~9のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明11]
 偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、420nm~480nmの平均透過率と520nm~590nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として1.0%以下であり、520nm~590nmの平均透過率と600nm~640nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として1.0%以下である、発明1~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明12]
 偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm及び600nm~640nmにおける各波長の直交位透過率がいずれも1%以下であり、又は視感度補正後の偏光度が97%以上である、発明1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明13]
 偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時のa*値及びb*値の絶対値がいずれも2.0以下である、発明1~12のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明14]
 基材を備える発明1~13のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
[発明15]
 ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを基材として含む、発明14に記載の偏光素子。
[発明16]
 発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子の片面又は両面に設けられた透明保護層を備える偏光板。
[発明17]
 発明1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子又は発明16に記載の偏光板を備える表示装置。
That is, the present invention relates to the following [Invention 1] to [Invention 17], but is not limited thereto.
[Invention 1]
In the form of free acid, an azo compound represented by the following formula (1) or a salt thereof or an azo compound represented by the following formula (2) or a salt thereof and an azo compound represented by the following formula (3) or a salt thereof. A polarizing element containing a salt.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000010

(In the formula (1), Ac 1 independently represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are independent of each other. Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000011

(In the formula (2), Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 21 to Rc 28 are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 or a sulfo group, and Xc 2 is an amino group or a substituent which may have at least one substituent S2. Represents a phenylamino group which may have a phenylamino group, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, and a substituent S2. (Independently if there are more than one), an alkyl group of C1-4 which may further have a substituent, an alkoxy group of C1-4, a sulfo group, an alkylamino group of C1-4, a hydroxy group, It is selected from an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethyl amino group, and r, p, and q each independently indicate 0 or 1, except when r, p, and q are all 1. Further, when either p or q is 1 and Ac 2 is a naphthyl group, it does not contain a hydroxy group as a substituent.)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000012

(In formula (3), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 or Ab 2 is substituted with either ring a or ring b, and either one of Ra 1 or Ra 2 is a hydroxy group and the other. Represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, and either Ab 1 or Ab 2 may have a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a substituent. Representing an amino group, the other is a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or an amino group which may have a substituent, and Rb 1 to Rb 6 are independently hydrogen atoms. , C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, C1-4 alkoxy group having sulfo group, or amino group which may have a substituent, h represents 0 or 1. , Xb 1 may have an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A good naphthotriazole group or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is shown, and the substituent S3 ( independently if there is more than one) is an alkyl group of C1-4 which may further have a substituent. , C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, C1-4 alkylamino group, hydroxy group, carboxy group and carboxyethylamino group).
[Invention 2]
The polarizing element according to Invention 1, further comprising an azo compound represented by the following formula (4) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (5) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000013

(In the formula (4), Ay 11 independently represents a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4 or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, and Ry 11 to Ry 14 independently represent hydrogen atoms. , C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group or C1-4 alkoxy group having sulfo group, f indicates an integer of 1-3)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000014

(In the formula (5), Ay 21 and Ay 22 are independently naphthyl groups which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and are Ry 21 , Ry 22 , Ry 27 , and Ry 27. And Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to 4 alkoxy groups, and Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to C1 to Ry 26, respectively. It is an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkoxy group of 4 and a sulfo group, and s and t independently indicate 0 or 1 respectively.)
[Invention 3]
The polarizing element according to Invention 1 or 2, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (6) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000015

(In the formula (6), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
[Invention 4]
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 3, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (7) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000016

(In the formula (7), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
[Invention 5]
The polarizing element according to any one of 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (8) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000017

(In the formula (8), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as in the formula (3), and Ra 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group.)
[Invention 6]
The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 5, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (9) or a salt thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000018

(In the above formula (9), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (2).)
[Invention 7]
The average transmittance of 420 nm to 480 nm and the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm are obtained in the transmittance of each wavelength obtained by stacking two polarizing elements so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. Inventions 1 to 6 in which the difference is 2.5% or less as an absolute value, and the difference between the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of 600 nm to 640 nm is 3.0% or less as an absolute value. The polarizing element according to any one of the above items.
[Invention 8]
Any of the inventions 1 to 7, wherein the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value in the polarizing element alone, which are obtained when the transmittance is measured using natural light according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, are both 1.0 or less. The polarizing element according to item 1.
[Invention 9]
According to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other, the a * value obtained at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light is -2. The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 8, which is 0.0 to 2.0 and has an absolute value of b * of −2.0 to 3.0.
[Invention 10]
The single transmittance of the polarizing element after correction of the visual sensitivity is 35% to 65%, and the wavelength band is 520 nm to 590 nm in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction. The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 9, wherein the average transmittance of the above is 25% to 50%.
[Invention 11]
The difference between the average transmittance of 420 nm to 480 nm and the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm is 1.0% as an absolute value when two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other. The polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 10, wherein the difference between the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of 600 nm to 640 nm is 1.0% or less as an absolute value.
[Invention 12]
In a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other, the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1%. The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 11, wherein the degree of polarization is as follows, or the degree of polarization after correction of visual sensitivity is 97% or more.
[Invention 13]
In a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other, the a * value and b * value at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light are determined according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. The polarizing element according to any one of Inventions 1 to 12, wherein the absolute value is 2.0 or less.
[Invention 14]
The polarizing element according to any one of inventions 1 to 13, which comprises a base material.
[Invention 15]
The polarizing element according to invention 14, which comprises a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as a base material.
[Invention 16]
A polarizing plate provided with a transparent protective layer provided on one side or both sides of the polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15.
[Invention 17]
A display device including the polarizing element according to any one of the inventions 1 to 15 or the polarizing plate according to the invention 16.
 本発明の偏光素子又はその偏光板は、高透過率及びび高偏光度を有する。別の態様として、本発明の偏光素子はさらに、平行位又は平行位と直交位のそれぞれにおいて二色性に波長依存性がなく、透過率が一定である特性を有する。別の態様として、本発明の偏光素子は白表示時および黒表示時の両方において無彩色の色相を有する。別の態様では、本発明の偏光素子又はその偏光板は高い耐久性を有する。 The polarizing element of the present invention or its polarizing plate has high transmittance and high degree of polarization. As another aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention further has a characteristic that the dichroism is not wavelength-dependent and the transmittance is constant at each of the parallel position or the parallel position and the orthogonal position. In another aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention has an achromatic hue in both white and black display. In another aspect, the polarizing element of the present invention or its polarizing plate has high durability.
 本願明細書及び特許請求の範囲において、明確に遊離形態を表すものである場合を除き、「アゾ化合物又はその塩」を単に「アゾ化合物」と称することもある。 In the present specification and claims, "azo compound or salt thereof" may be simply referred to as "azo compound" unless it clearly represents a free form.
 本願の請求項ならびに明細書において、「置換基」には水素原子を含んでもよいため、水素原子を便宜上「置換基」として説明することもある。「置換基を有してもよい」とは、置換基を有していない場合も含まれることを意味する。例えば、「置換基を有してもよいフェニル基」は、非置換の単なるフェニル基と、置換基を有するフェニル基を含む。また、本願の低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基などの「低級」とは特に記載がなければ、炭素原子数が1~4(C1~4)、好ましくは1~3(C1~3)であることを示す。 In the claims and the specification of the present application, since the "substituent" may contain a hydrogen atom, the hydrogen atom may be described as a "substituent" for convenience. "May have a substituent" means that a case without a substituent is also included. For example, a "phenyl group which may have a substituent" includes an unsubstituted mere phenyl group and a phenyl group having a substituent. Further, unless otherwise specified, the "lower" such as the lower alkyl group and the lower alkoxy group of the present application has a carbon atom number of 1 to 4 (C1 to 4), preferably 1 to 3 (C1 to 3). Is shown.
 上記「C1~4の脂肪族炭化水素基」としては、例えば、メチル基、エチル基、n-プロピル基、n-ブチル基等の直鎖アルキル基、sec-ブチル基、tert―ブチル基等の分鎖アルキル基、ビニル基等の不飽和炭化水素基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "C1-4 aliphatic hydrocarbon group" include linear alkyl groups such as methyl group, ethyl group, n-propyl group and n-butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group. Examples thereof include unsaturated hydrocarbon groups such as a branched alkyl group and a vinyl group.
 上記「C1~4のアルコキシ基」としては、例えば、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、n-ブトキシ基、sec-ブトキシ基、tert-ブトキシ基等が挙げられる。 Examples of the above-mentioned "alkoxy group of C1 to 4" include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, an n-butoxy group, a sec-butoxy group, a tert-butoxy group and the like.
<偏光素子> <Polarizing element>
 本発明の偏光素子は、上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩、又は、式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩とを含む。本発明に係る偏光素子は、さらに、上記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物をさらに含んでいることが良い。 The polarizing element of the present invention is an azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (2) or a salt thereof, and an azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof. Contains its salt. The polarizing element according to the present invention may further contain an azo compound represented by the above formula (4) or an azo compound represented by the formula (5).
 本発明の偏光素子は好ましくは基材を備え、前記アゾ化合物が基材に含まれる。上記基材は、二色性色素、特にアゾ化合物を吸着し得る親水性高分子を製膜して得られるフィルム等であることが好ましい。親水性高分子は、特に限定されないが、例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂、アミロース系樹脂、デンプン系樹脂、セルロース系樹脂、およびポリアクリル酸塩系樹脂などである。親水性高分子は、二色性色素の染色性、加工性および架橋性などの観点からポリビニルアルコール系樹脂およびその誘導体であることが最も好ましい。基材に、アゾ化合物を吸着させ、延伸等の配向処理を適用することによって、偏光素子を作製することができる。 The polarizing element of the present invention preferably includes a base material, and the azo compound is contained in the base material. The base material is preferably a film obtained by forming a film of a hydrophilic polymer capable of adsorbing a dichroic dye, particularly an azo compound. The hydrophilic polymer is not particularly limited, and is, for example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, an amylose-based resin, a starch-based resin, a cellulosic-based resin, a polyacrylic acid salt-based resin, and the like. The hydrophilic polymer is most preferably a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin or a derivative thereof from the viewpoint of dyeability, processability, crosslinkability and the like of the dichroic dye. A polarizing element can be manufactured by adsorbing an azo compound on a substrate and applying an orientation treatment such as stretching.
 まず、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。 First, the azo compound represented by the following formula (1) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000019
(式(1)中、Acは、各々独立して、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。) (In the formula (1), Ac 1 independently represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are independent of each other. Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group.)
 上記式(1)中、Acがフェニル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アセチルアミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基置換アミノ基が挙げられ、スルホ基又はカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、アセチルアミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基置換アミノ基から選択され、より好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、ニトロ基及びアミノ基から選択され、特に好ましくは、スルホ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される。上記スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。フェニル基が置換基としてスルホ基を有する場合、スルホ基の数は、1つ又は2つであることが好ましい。スルホ基の置換位置については、特に限定されるものではないが、スルホ基が1つである場合にはアゾ基の位置を1位として、フェニル基の4位が好ましく、スルホ基が2つである場合には、フェニル基の2位と4位の組合せ又はフェニル基の3位と5位の組合せが好ましい。 In the above formula (1), when Ac 1 is a phenyl group, the substituents thereof include a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group and an amino group. Examples thereof include an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group substituted amino group, and it is preferable to have at least one sulfo group or a carboxy group. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkyl group or a lower alkoxy. It is selected from a group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a nitro group, an amino group, an acetylamino group and a lower alkylamino group substituted amino group, and more preferably a sulfo group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group and an ethoxy group. It is selected from a carboxy group, a nitro group and an amino group, and particularly preferably selected from a sulfo group, a methyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group and a carboxy group. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the phenyl group has a sulfo group as a substituent, the number of sulfo groups is preferably 1 or 2. The substitution position of the sulfo group is not particularly limited, but when there is one sulfo group, the position of the azo group is set to the 1st position, the 4-position of the phenyl group is preferable, and two sulfo groups are used. In some cases, a combination of the 2- and 4-positions of the phenyl group or a combination of the 3- and 5-positions of the phenyl group is preferred.
 上記式(1)中、Acがナフチル基である場合には、その置換基としてスルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基が挙げられ、スルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、他の置換基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基から選択される。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。このようなスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基として、より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基である。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が2つである場合、アゾ基の位置を2位として、スルホ基の置換位置はナフチル基の4位と8位の組み合わせ又は6位と8位の組合せが好ましく、6位と8位の組合せがより好ましい。ナフチル基に置換されるスルホ基の数が3つである場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、1位と3位と6位の組合せ、3位と6位と8位の組合せであることが好ましい。 In the above formula (1), when Ac 1 is a naphthyl group, examples thereof include a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and having at least one sulfo group. Is preferable. When the naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, and the other substituent is preferably a lower alkoxy having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group and a sulfo group. Selected from the group. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group. The lower alkoxy group having such a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and particularly preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group. When the number of sulfo groups substituted with naphthyl groups is 2, the position of the azo group is the 2-position, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is the combination of the 4-position and the 8-position of the naphthyl group or the combination of the 6-position and the 8-position. Is preferable, and the combination of the 6-position and the 8-position is more preferable. When the number of sulfo groups substituted with naphthyl groups is 3, the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of 1-position, 3-position and 6-position, and a combination of 3-position, 6-position and 8-position. ..
 上記式(1)中、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖のアルコキシ基が好ましく、また、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基の末端であることが好ましい。Rc11~Rc14は、好ましくは、各々独立して、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基又は3-スルホプロポキシ基である。Rc11~Rc14が置換されるフェニル基の置換位置としては、ウレイド骨格側のアゾ基の置換位置を1位とした場合、好ましくはフェニル基の2位のみ、5位のみ、2位と6位の組合せ、2位と5位の組合せ、3位と5位の組合せであり、特に好ましくは、2位のみ、5位のみ、2位と5位の組合せである。なお、上記2位のみ、5位のみとは、Rc11とRc12、Rc13とRc14との関係で、Rc11とRc12又はRc13とRc14のいずれか一方が、2位又は5位のみに水素原子以外の置換基を1つ有し、他方が水素原子であることを意味する。 In the above formula (1), Rc 11 to Rc 14 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the terminal of the alkoxy group. Rc 11 to Rc 14 are preferably hydrogen atoms, methyl groups, ethyl groups, methoxy groups, ethoxy groups, 3-sulfopropoxy groups or 4-sulfobutoxy groups, respectively, and particularly preferably hydrogen atoms. It is a methyl group, a methoxy group or a 3-sulfopropoxy group. As the substitution position of the phenyl group in which Rc 11 to Rc 14 are substituted, when the substitution position of the azo group on the ureido skeleton side is set to the 1st position, preferably only the 2nd position of the phenyl group, only the 5th position, the 2nd position and the 6th position are used. It is a combination of positions, a combination of 2nd and 5th positions, a combination of 3rd and 5th positions, and particularly preferably a combination of 2nd and 5th positions and 2nd and 5th positions. In addition, only the 2nd place and the 5th place are related to Rc 11 and Rc 12 , and Rc 13 and Rc 14 , and either Rc 11 and Rc 12 or Rc 13 and Rc 14 are in 2nd place or 5th place. It means that it has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom only at the position and the other is a hydrogen atom.
 上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、特に、下記式(1b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましい。このようなアゾ化合物を用いることにより、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。 Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (1), the azo compound represented by the following formula (1b) is particularly preferable. By using such an azo compound, the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

(式中、Ac、Rc11~Rc14は、それぞれ式(1)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000020

(In the formula, Ac 1 and Rc 11 to Rc 14 have the same meanings as in the formula (1), respectively.)
 上記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(1b)で表されるアゾ化合物は、例えば、特許文献4~7に記載されているような、公知のジアゾ化、ウレイド化により製造することができるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (1) or the azo compound represented by the formula (1b) shall be produced by, for example, known diazotization and uraido formation as described in Patent Documents 4 to 7. However, it is not limited to these.
 式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例として、例えば、遊離酸の形式で、以下のアゾ化合物が挙げられる。 Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (1) include the following azo compounds in the form of free acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000021
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000022
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000023
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000024
 次に、式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。 Next, the azo compound represented by the formula (2) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000025
 式(2)中、Acは、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc21~Rc28は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xcは、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立して)、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択され、r、p、qはそれぞれ独立に0又は1を表すが、ただし、r、p、qがすべて1である場合を除き、さらにpまたはqのいずれかのみが1であってAcがナフチル基の場合には置換基としてヒドロキシ基を含まない。 In the formula (2), Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 21 to Rc 28 are independent hydrogen atoms and C1 respectively. Represents an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkyl group of to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or a sulfo group, and Xc 2 is an amino group or a substituent which may have at least one substituent S2. Represents a phenylamino group which may have a phenylamino group, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, and a substituent S2. (Independently if there are multiple groups), C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, C1-4 alkylamino group, hydroxy group, amino group, substituted amino group, carboxy group , And carboxyethylamino groups, where r, p, q each independently represent 0 or 1, except that r, p, q are all 1, and only one of p or q. When 1 is and Ac 2 is a naphthyl group, it does not contain a hydroxy group as a substituent.
 上記式(2)中、Acが置換基を有するフェニル基である場合には、フェニル基が置換基としてスルホ基、カルボキシ基、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基(特に、アセチルアミノ基又はC1~4のアルキルアミノ基)が挙げられ、スルホ基又はカルボキシ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、それらの置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他の置換基が、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、又は置換アミノ基(特に、アセチルアミノ基又はC1~4のアルキルアミノ基)であることが好ましく、他の置換基は、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、ニトロ基、又はアミノ基であることがより好ましく、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メチル基、メトキシ基、又はエトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。また、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置は、アルコキシ基末端であることが好ましい。スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基としては、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基がより好ましく、3-スルホプロポキシ基が特に好ましい。フェニル基上の置換基数は、1又は2であることが好ましく、フェニル基上の置換基の位置は、特に限定されないが、4位のみであるか、2位と4位との組み合わせ、又は3位と5位との組み合わせであることが好ましい。 In the above formula (2), when Ac 2 is a phenyl group having a substituent, the phenyl group is a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4 and an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 as a substituent, and a sulfo group. C1-4 alkoxy group, hydroxy group, nitro group, amino group, or substituted amino group (particularly, acetylamino group or C1-4 alkylamino group) having at least one sulfo group or carboxy group. It is preferable to have. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other substituents are a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an alkyl group of C1-4, C1. It is preferably an alkoxy group of 4 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, an amino group, or a substituted amino group (particularly, an acetylamino group or an alkylamino group of C1 to 4). , The other substituent is more preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a hydroxy group, a nitro group, or an amino group, and a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group, It is particularly preferably a methoxy group or an ethoxy group. Further, as the alkoxy group of C1 to C4 having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the end of the alkoxy group. As the alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. The number of substituents on the phenyl group is preferably 1 or 2, and the position of the substituent on the phenyl group is not particularly limited, but is only at the 4-position, a combination of the 2-position and the 4-position, or 3 It is preferable to use a combination of the 5th place and the 5th place.
 上記式(2)中、Acが置換基を有するナフチル基である場合には、ナフチル基が置換基としてスルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基から選択され、スルホ基を少なくとも1つ有することが好ましい。ナフチル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合には、それらの置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基であり、他の置換基が、スルホ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基であることが好ましい。また、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置は、アルコキシ基末端であることが好ましい。スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基としては、3-スルホプロポキシ基又は4-スルホブトキシ基がより好ましく、3-スルホプロポキシ基が特に好ましい。ナフチル基上のスルホ基数が2である場合、アゾ基の置換位置を2位として、スルホ基の置換位置は4位と8位との組み合わせ又は6位と8位との組み合わせであることが好ましく、6位と8位との組み合わせであることが特に好ましい。ナフチル基上のスルホ基数が3である場合、スルホ基の置換位置は、アゾ基の置換位置を2位として、1位と3位と6位との組み合わせ、3位と6位と8位との組み合わせであることが特に好ましい。 In the above formula (2), when Ac 2 is a naphthyl group having a substituent, the naphthyl group is selected from a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group as the substituent. It is preferable to have at least one sulfo group. When a naphthyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of those substituents is a sulfo group and the other substituents are C1-4 having a sulfo group, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, or a sulfo group. It is preferably an alkoxy group of. Further, as the alkoxy group of C1 to C4 having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably the end of the alkoxy group. As the alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. When the number of sulfo groups on the naphthyl group is 2, the substitution position of the azo group is preferably the 2-position, and the substitution position of the sulfo group is preferably a combination of the 4-position and the 8-position or a combination of the 6-position and the 8-position. , A combination of 6th and 8th positions is particularly preferable. When the number of sulfo groups on the naphthyl group is 3, the substitution positions of the sulfo groups are the combination of the 1-position, the 3-position and the 6-position with the substitution position of the azo group as the 2-position, and the 3-position, the 6-position and the 8-position. It is particularly preferable to use a combination of.
 上記式(2)中、Xcは、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、好ましくは、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイル基、又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基が挙げられ、特に好ましいXcとしては、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基が挙げられる。上記置換基は、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、低級アルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される。 In the above formula (2), Xc 2 has an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 2 , a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, and at least one substituent. A phenylazo group which may have a phenylazo group, a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, a benzoyl group which may have at least one substituent, or a benzoylamino group which may have at least one substituent. , Preferably a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent, and a benzoyl which may have a substituent. Examples thereof include a benzoylamino group which may have a group or a substituent, and particularly preferable Xc 2 is a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, and a substituent. Examples thereof include a benzoylamino group which may have. The substituent is selected from a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a lower alkylamino group, a hydroxy group, an amino group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.
 Xcが、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基である場合、当該アミノ基は、非置換でもよいが、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、及び低級アルキルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。 When Xc 2 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 2 , the amino group may be unsubstituted, but preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group and a carboxy group. , Amino group, substituted amino group, and substituent selected from lower alkylamino group, more preferably methyl group, methoxy group, sulfo group, carboxy group, amino group and lower alkylamino. It has one or two substituents selected from the groups.
 Xcが、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいフェニルアミノ基である場合、当該フェニルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基及び低級アルキルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基及びアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ又は2つ有する。 When Xc 2 is a phenylamino group which may have at least one substituent, the phenylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, and the like. It has one or two substituents selected from an amino group and a lower alkylamino group, more preferably one or two substituents selected from a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group and an amino group. ..
 Xcが、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいフェニルアゾ基である場合、当該フェニルアゾ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1~3つ有し、より好ましくは、メチル基、メトシキ基、カルボキシエチルアミノ基、アミノ基及びヒドロキシ基から選択される置換基を1~3つ有する。 When Xc 2 is a phenylazo group which may have at least one substituent, the phenylazo group is unsubstituted or preferably an hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or an amino group. And 1 to 3 substituents selected from the carboxyethylamino group, more preferably 1 to 3 substituents selected from the methyl group, methosiki group, carboxyethylamino group, amino group and hydroxy group. Have.
 Xcが、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基である場合、当該ナフトトリアゾール基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、スルホ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基1つ又は2つを有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてスルホ基を1つ又は2つ有する。 When Xc 2 is a naphthotriazole group which may have at least one substituent, the naphthotriazole group is unsubstituted or preferably selected from a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group. It has one or two substituents, more preferably one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
 Xcが、上記置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基である場合、当該ベンゾイルアミノ基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。 When Xc 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one of the above substituents, the benzoylamino group is unsubstituted or preferably an hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group. It has one substituent selected from, more preferably one or two hydroxy or amino groups as substituents.
 Xcが、置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基である場合、当該ベンゾイル部分は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される置換基を1つ有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてヒドロキシ基又はアミノ基を1つ又は2つ有する。 When Xc 2 is a benzoylamino group which may have at least one substituent, the benzoyl moiety is unsubstituted or preferably selected from hydroxy, amino and carboxyethylamino groups. It has one substituent, more preferably one or two hydroxy or amino groups as the substituent.
 前記フェニルアミノ基、フェニルアゾ基、及びベンゾイルアミノ基が有してもよい置換基の置換位置は特に限定されないが、置換基の1つはそれら各々のアミノ基、アゾ基、又はアミド基に対してp位であることが好ましい。Xcの置換位置は、置換しているナフチル基のヒドロキシ基の位置を1位とした場合、6位又は7位が好ましく、より好ましくは6位である。 The substitution position of the substituent which the phenylamino group, the phenylazo group and the benzoylamino group may have is not particularly limited, but one of the substituents is for each of the amino group, the azo group or the amide group. It is preferably at the p-position. The substitution position of Xc 2 is preferably 6-position or 7-position, and more preferably 6-position, when the position of the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
 上記式(2)中、Rc21~Rc28は、各々独立して、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基を表す。Rc21~Rc28はそれぞれ独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、又はC1~4のアルコキシ基、又は末端にスルホ基を有する直鎖型アルコキシ基であることが好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、又は3-スルホプロポキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 In the above formula (2), Rc 21 to Rc 28 each independently represent a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group or a sulfo group. Rc 21 to Rc 28 are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or a linear alkoxy group having a sulfo group at the terminal, preferably a hydrogen atom and a methyl. A group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group is more preferable, and a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, or a 3-sulfopropoxy group is particularly preferable. preferable.
 上記式(2)中、特にRc27、Rc28は各々独立して、好ましくは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であることにより、高透過率、高偏光度に至ることが出来、水素原子、C1~3のアルキル基、C1~3のアルコキシ基であることがより好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基であることがさらに好ましく、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。 In the above formula (2), in particular, Rc 27 and Rc 28 are independent and preferably a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, or a sulfo group, so that the permeability is high. It is possible to reach a high degree of polarization, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 3, an alkoxy group of C1 to 3, and preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, or an ethoxy group. More preferably, it is a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, and a methoxy group, and it is particularly preferable.
 上記式(2)中、r、p又はqはそれぞれ独立に0又は1である。本発明の偏光素子において良好な偏光性能を得るには、p及びqのいずれか一方が0の場合、他方が1であることが好ましく、p及びqがいずれも1であることがより好ましい。また、さらに良好な偏光特性を得るにはrが1であってp又はqのいずれか一方が、又は両方が0であることが良い。r、p及びqが全て1である場合には基材への含有性、例えばポリビニルアルコールフィルムへの染色性が低下するおそれがある。 In the above equation (2), r, p or q are independently 0 or 1, respectively. In order to obtain good polarization performance in the polarizing element of the present invention, when one of p and q is 0, the other is preferably 1, and it is more preferable that both p and q are 1. Further, in order to obtain even better polarization characteristics, it is preferable that r is 1 and either p or q or both are 0. When r, p and q are all 1, the content in the substrate, for example, the dyeability on a polyvinyl alcohol film may decrease.
 上記式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物の中でも、下記式(2b)で表されるアゾ化合物が好ましい。このようなアゾ化合物の使用により、偏光素子の偏光性能をより向上させることができる。 Among the azo compounds represented by the above formula (2), the azo compound represented by the following formula (2b) is preferable. By using such an azo compound, the polarization performance of the polarizing element can be further improved.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

(式(2b)中、Ac、Rc21~Rc28、Xc、r、p、及びqはそれぞれ式(2)と同じ意味を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000026

(In the formula (2b), Ac 2 , Rc 21 to Rc 28 , Xc 2 , r, p, and q each have the same meaning as the formula (2).)
 次に、式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、以下の化合物例は遊離酸の形式で表す。 Next, specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (2) are given below. The following compound examples are expressed in the form of free acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000027
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000028
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000029
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000030
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000031
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000032
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000038
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000041
 遊離酸の形が式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物及び式(2b)で表されるアゾ化合物としては、例えば、C.I.Direct Red 117、C.I.Direct Red 127、特開平3-12606号公報、特開平8-291259号公報、特開平9-302250号公報、特開2002-275381号公報、国際公開第2005/075572号公報、国際公開第2012/108169号公報、国際公開第2012/108173号公報に記載されているアゾ化合物等が挙げられる。 Examples of the azo compound whose free acid form is represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (2b) include C.I. I. Direct Red 117, C.I. I. Direct Red 127, JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-8-291259, JP-A-9-302250, JP-A-2002-2753811, International Publication No. 2005/075572, International Publication No. 2012 / Examples thereof include azo compounds described in JP-A-108169 and JP-A-2012 / 108173.
 式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物及び式(2b)で表されるアゾ化合物の合成方法としては、例えば、特開平3-12606号公報、特開平8-291259号公報、特開平9-302250号公報、特開2002-275381号公報、国際公開第2005/075572号公報、国際公開第2012/108169号公報、国際公開第2012/108173号公報などに記載されている方法が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of the method for synthesizing the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (2b) include JP-A-3-12606, JP-A-8-291259, and JP-A-9-302250. Examples thereof include the methods described in Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2002-275381, International Publication No. 2005/075572, International Publication No. 2012/108169, International Publication No. 2012/108173, and the like. Not limited to.
 次に、下記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。 Next, the azo compound represented by the following formula (3) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000042
(式(3)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Abは環a及び環bのいずれかで置換されており、Ra又はRaのいずれか一方はヒドロキシ基であって、他方は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Ab及びAbは水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基から選択される置換基であって、Ab又はAb2のいずれか一方はスルホ基、カルボキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、Rb~Rbは、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、hは0又は1を表し、Xbは、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基または置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立に)、さらに置換基を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される。) (In formula (3), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , and Ab 2 are substituted with either ring a or ring b, and either one of Ra 1 or Ra 2 is a hydroxy group and the other. Represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a C1-4 alkoxy group having a C1-4 alkoxy group or a sulfo group, and Ab 1 and Ab 2 may have a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a substituent. A substituent selected from good amino groups, wherein either Ab 1 or Ab 2 represents an amino group which may have a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a substituent, and Rb 1 to Rb 6 are. Each independently represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1-4, an alkoxy group of C1-4, a sulfo group, an alkoxy group of C1-4 having a sulfo group, or an amino group which may have a substituent. h represents 0 or 1, and Xb 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, and a phenylazo group which may have a substituent. , A naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, and the substituent S3 ( independently if there is more than one) further has a substituent. It may be selected from the group consisting of an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, a sulfo group, an amino group, an alkylamino group of C1 to 4, a hydroxy group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group.)
 Rb~Rbが有し得る「置換基を有してもよいアミノ基」は、好ましくは、非置換アミノ基、又は置換基(C1~4のアルキル基、アセチル基)を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基である。 The "amino group which may have a substituent" which Rb 1 to Rb 6 may have is preferably an unsubstituted amino group or a substituent (C1-4 alkyl group, acetyl group) of 1 or 2 It is an amino group having one.
 置換基Sを有してもよいアミノ基は、好ましくは、非置換アミノ基、置換基(ヒドロキシ基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、アミノ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基、フェニル基)を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基を1つ又は2つを有するアミノ基であり、より好ましくは水素原子、メチル基を1つ又は2つ有するアミノ基である。置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、アミノ基、及び低級アルキルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つ又は2つの置換基を有するフェニルアミノ基であり、より好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、及びアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つ又は2つの置換基を有するフェニルアミノ基である。置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、アミノ基、ヒドロキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1~3つを有するフェニルアゾ基である。置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基は、好ましくは、水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基からなる群から選択される1つの置換基を有するベンゾイルアミノ基である。置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基は、非置換であるか、或いは、好ましくは、スルホ基、アミノ基及びカルボキシ基からなる群から選択される置換基1つ又は2つを有し、より好ましくは、置換基としてスルホ基を1つ又は2つ有する。 The amino group which may have the substituent S 3 preferably has an unsubstituted amino group and a substituent (hydroxy group, methoxy group, ethoxy group, amino group, carboxy group, sulfo group, phenyl group). It is also a good amino group having one or two alkyl groups of C1 to C4, more preferably an amino group having one or two hydrogen atoms and a methyl group. The phenylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably one selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, an amino group, and a lower alkylamino group. Or a phenylamino group having two substituents, more preferably one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfo group, a carboxy group and an amino group. It is a phenylamino group that has. The phenylazo group which may have a substituent is preferably selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, an amino group, a hydroxy group and a carboxyethylamino group. It is a phenylazo group having 1 to 3 to be treated. The benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is preferably a benzoylamino group having one substituent selected from the group consisting of a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an amino group and a carboxyethylamino group. The naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent is unsubstituted or preferably has one or two substituents selected from the group consisting of a sulfo group, an amino group and a carboxy group. More preferably, it has one or two sulfo groups as substituents.
 前記フェニルアミノ基、フェニルアゾ基、及びベンゾイルアミノ基が有してもよい置換基の置換位置は特に限定されないが、置換基の1つはそれら各々のアミノ基、アゾ基、又はアミド基に対してp位であることが好ましい。Xbの置換位置は、置換しているナフチル基のヒドロキシ基の位置を1位とした場合、6位又は7位が好ましく、より好ましくは6位である。 The substitution position of the substituent which the phenylamino group, the phenylazo group and the benzoylamino group may have is not particularly limited, but one of the substituents is for each of the amino group, the azo group or the amide group. It is preferably at the p-position. The substitution position of Xb 1 is preferably 6-position or 7-position, and more preferably 6-position, when the position of the hydroxy group of the substituted naphthyl group is 1-position.
 上記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物が、下記式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物であるとき、さらに平行位の550nm~700nmにおいてより透過率を向上させ、高偏光度な偏光素子を提供できる。より好ましくは式(7)で表されるアゾ化合物であり、さらに好ましくは式(8)で表されるアゾ化合物であり、よりさらに好ましくは式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物であり、特に好ましくは式(10)で表されるアゾ化合物である。尚、式(3)、式(6)~(10)中、Xbが置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基の場合、前記Ra、Ra、Ab1またはAbと異なる置換基を少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基であることがより好ましい。 When the azo compound represented by the above formula (3) is an azo compound represented by the following formula (6), a polarizing element having a high degree of polarization can be further improved in transmittance at a parallel position of 550 nm to 700 nm. Can be provided. It is more preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (7), further preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (8), still more preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (9), and particularly. It is preferably an azo compound represented by the formula (10). In the formulas (3) and (6) to (10), when Xb 1 is an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , the Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 or Ab 2 is described above. It is more preferable that the amino group may have at least one substituent different from the above.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(上記式(6)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000043

(In the above formula (6), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(式(7)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000044

(In the formula (7), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(式(8)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000045

(In the formula (8), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(式(9)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000046

(In the formula (9), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(式(10)中、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000047

(In the formula (10), Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
 上記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物は、非特許文献1に記載されるような通常のアゾ染料の製法に従い、公知のジアゾ化、カップリングを行うことにより容易に製造できる。式(6)に示すアゾ化合物であってh=0の場合を例に合成方法を例示する。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (3) can be easily produced by performing known diazotization and coupling according to the usual method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1. The synthesis method will be illustrated by taking the case of the azo compound represented by the formula (6) and h = 0 as an example.
 まず、式(A)で示されるアミン類を非特許文献1に記載されるような公知の方法でジアゾ化し、下記式(B)のアニリン類と一次カップリングさせ、下記式(C)で示されるモノアゾアミノ化合物を得る。 First, the amines represented by the formula (A) are diazotized by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1, primaryly coupled with the anilines of the following formula (B), and represented by the following formula (C). To obtain a monoazoamino compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(式(A)~式(C)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb、Rbはそれぞれ式(3)におけるものと同じ意味を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000048

(In formulas (A) to (C), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 , and Rb 2 have the same meanings as those in formula (3), respectively.)
 次いで、このモノアゾアミノ化合物(C)を非特許文献1に記載されるような公知の方法でジアゾ化し、下記式(D)のアニリン類と二次カップリングさせ、下記式(E)で示されるジスアゾアミノ化合物を得る。 Next, this monoazoamino compound (C) is diazotized by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1, secondaryly coupled with the anilines of the following formula (D), and represented by the following formula (E). Obtain a disazoamino compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(式(D)および式(E)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rbはそれぞれ式(3)におけるものと同じ意味を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000049

(In the formula (D) and the formula (E), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 4 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3), respectively.)
 式(E)を非特許文献1に記載されるような公知の方法でジアゾ化し、下記式(F)で表されるナフトール類とカップリングさせることにより式(3)のアゾ化合物が得られる。 The azo compound of the formula (3) can be obtained by diazotizing the formula (E) by a known method as described in Non-Patent Document 1 and coupling it with the naphthols represented by the following formula (F).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(式(F)中、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)におけるのと同じ意味を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000050

(In the formula (F), Xb 1 has the same meaning as in the formula (3), respectively.)
 上記反応において、ジアゾ化工程はジアゾ成分の塩酸、硫酸などの鉱酸水溶液又はけん濁液に亜硝酸ナトリウムなどの亜硝酸塩を混合するという順法によるか、あるいはジアゾ成分の中性もしくは弱アルカリ性の水溶液に亜硝酸塩を加えておき、これと鉱酸を混合するという逆法によって行われる。ジアゾ化の温度は、-10~40℃が適当である。また、アニリン類とのカップリング工程は塩酸、酢酸などの酸性水溶液と上記各ジアゾ液を混合し、温度が-10~40℃でpH2~7の酸性条件で行われる。 In the above reaction, the diazotization step is carried out by the normal method of mixing a mineral acid aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or sulfuric acid of the diazo component or a nitrite such as sodium nitrite with a turbid solution, or a neutral or weak alkaline diazo component. This is done by the reverse method of adding nitrite to the aqueous solution and mixing it with mineral acid. The temperature of diazotization is preferably −10 to 40 ° C. The coupling step with anilines is carried out by mixing an acidic aqueous solution such as hydrochloric acid or acetic acid with each of the above diazo solutions at a temperature of −10 to 40 ° C. and acidic conditions of pH 2 to 7.
 カップリングして得られたモノアゾ化合物、ジスアゾ化合物はそのままあるいは酸析や塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出すか、溶液又はけん濁液のまま次の工程へ進むこともできる。カップリングして得られたモノアゾ化合物、ジスアゾ化合物が難溶性でけん濁液となっている場合は濾過し、プレスケーキとして次のカップリング工程で使うこともできる。 The monoazo compound and disazo compound obtained by coupling can be taken out as they are, or they can be precipitated by acidation or salting out and filtered out, or they can proceed to the next step as a solution or a turbid solution. If the monoazo compound or disazo compound obtained by coupling is a sparingly soluble and turbid liquid, it can be filtered and used as a press cake in the next coupling step.
 ジスアゾ化合物のジアゾ化物と、式(F)で表されるナフトール類とのカップリング反応は、温度が-10~40℃でpH7~10の中性からアルカリ性条件で行われる。反応終了後、塩析により析出させ濾過して取り出す。また精製が必要な場合には、塩析を繰り返すか又は有機溶媒を使用して水中から析出させればよい。精製に使用する有機溶媒としては、例えばメタノール、エタノール等のアルコール類、アセトン等のケトン類等の水溶性有機溶媒があげられる。 The coupling reaction between the diazodized diazo compound and the naphthols represented by the formula (F) is carried out at a temperature of -10 to 40 ° C. under neutral to alkaline conditions of pH 7 to 10. After completion of the reaction, it is precipitated by salting out, filtered and taken out. If purification is required, salting out may be repeated or precipitated from water using an organic solvent. Examples of the organic solvent used for purification include water-soluble organic solvents such as alcohols such as methanol and ethanol, and ketones such as acetone.
 前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物を合成するための出発原料は、式(A)で表される置換ナフチル基に対応するナフチルアミン化合物である。式(A)のナフチルアミン類としては、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、
2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、3-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-(4-スルホブトキシ)-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-(4-スルホブトキシ)-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-(4-スルホブトキシ)-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-(4-スルホブトキシ)-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-アミノメチル-3-ジスルホン酸等が好ましいものとして挙げられ、より好ましくは2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1,8-ジヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-メトキシ-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-6-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-ヒドロキシ-8-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-ナフタレン-3-スルホン酸、2-アミノ-1-(3-スルホプロポキシ)-8-ヒドロキシ-ナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。
The starting material for synthesizing the azo compound represented by the formula (3) is a naphthylamine compound corresponding to the substituted naphthyl group represented by the formula (A). Examples of the naphthylamines of the formula (A) include 2-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, and 2-amino-1-hydroxy-naphthalene-. 3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-8-hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-8-hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3,6 -Disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalen- 2,6-disulfonic acid 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalene-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-methoxy- 8-Hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-methoxy-8-hydroxy-naphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-methoxy-8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3-sulfonic acid, 2 -Amino-1-methoxy-8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid,
2-Amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy- Naphthalene-3-sulfonic acid, 3-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino -1-Hydroxy-8- (3-sulfopropoxy) -naphthalen-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8- (4-sulfobutoxy) -naphthalen-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1 -(3-Sulfopropoxy) -8-hydroxy-naphthalen-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1- (4-sulfobutoxy) -8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy -8- (3-sulfopropoxy) -naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8- (4-sulfobutoxy) -naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1- (3-amino-1-) Sulfopropoxy) -8-hydroxy-naphthalen-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1- (4-sulfobutoxy) -8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8 -Dihydroxy-naphthalene-6-aminomethyl-3-disulfonic acid and the like are mentioned as preferable, and more preferably 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalene-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8- Dihydroxy-naphthalen-3-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1,8-dihydroxy-naphthalen-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-methoxy-8-hydroxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino -1-methoxy-8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalen-6-sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalene -3-Sulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8-methoxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, 2-amino-1-hydroxy-8- (3-sulfopropoxy) -naphthalene-3-sulfonic acid , 2-Amino-1- (3-sulfopropoxy) -8-hydroxy-naphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid, but is not limited thereto.
 hが0の場合の1次、2次カップリング成分、又はhが1の場合の1~3次カップリング成分である置換基(Rb~Rb)を有するアニリン類としては、アニリン、2-メチルアニリン、2-エチルアニリン、2-プロピルアニリン、2-ブチルアニリン、3-メチルアニリン、3-エチルアニリン、3-プロピルアニリン、3-ブチルアニリン、2,5-ジメチルアニリン、2,5-ジエチルアニリン、2-メトキシアニリン、2-エトキシアニリン、2-プロポキシアニリン、2-ブトキシアニリン、3-メトキシアニリン、3-エトキシアニリン、3-プロポキシアニリン、3-ブトキシアニリン、2-メトキシ-5-メチルアニリン、2,5-ジメトキシアニリン、3,5-ジメチルアニリン、2,6-ジメチルアニリン、3,5-ジメトキシアニリン、3-(2-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、3-(2-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(2-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、4-(2-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(2-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)エタン―1-スルホン酸、2-(2-アミノフェノキシ)エタン-1-スルホン酸、3-(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、3-(3-アミノフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、4-(3-アミノフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(3-アミノ-4-メチルフェノキシ)エタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(3-アミノフェノキシ)エタン-1-スルホン酸、3-(2-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(2-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(2-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)エタン―1-スルホン酸、3-(3-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(3-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(3-アミノ-4-メトキシフェノキシ)エタン-1-スルホン酸、3-(2-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(2-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(2-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)エタン―1-スルホン酸、3-(3-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)プロパン-1-スルホン酸、4-(3-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)ブタン-1-スルホン酸、2-(3-アミノ-4-エトキシフェノキシ)エタン-1-スルホン酸等を挙げることが出来るがこれらに限定されるものではない。これらの芳香族アミン類はアミノ基が保護されていてもよい。保護基としては、例えばω-メタンスルホン基が挙げられる。 Anilines having a substituent (Rb 1 to Rb 6 ) which is a primary / secondary coupling component when h is 0 or a primary to tertiary coupling component when h is 1 include aniline and 2 -Methylaniline, 2-ethylaniline, 2-propylaniline, 2-butylaniline, 3-methylaniline, 3-ethylaniline, 3-propylaniline, 3-butylaniline, 2,5-dimethylaniline, 2,5- Diethylaniline, 2-methoxyaniline, 2-ethoxyaniline, 2-propoxyaniline, 2-butoxyaniline, 3-methoxyaniline, 3-ethoxyaniline, 3-propoxyaniline, 3-butoxyaniline, 2-methoxy-5-methyl Aniline, 2,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3,5-dimethylaniline, 2,6-dimethylaniline, 3,5-dimethoxyaniline, 3- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) propan-1-sulfonic acid, 3 -(2-Aminophenoxy) Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (2-amino-4-methylphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (2-Aminophenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (2-Amino-4-methylphenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (2-aminophenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (3-amino-4-methylphenoxy) propan-1-sulfonic acid , 3- (3-Aminophenoxy) Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (3-Amino-4-methylphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (3-Aminophenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (3-Amino-4-methylphenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (3-aminophenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-amino-4-methoxyphenoxy) propane-1- Sulphonic acid, 4- (2-amino-4-methoxyphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (2-amino-4-methoxyphenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (3-amino-4-) Methoxyphenoxy) Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (3-amino-4-methoxyphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (3-amino-4-methoxyphenoxy) ethane-1-sulfonic acid, 3- (2-Amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) Propane-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (2-amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (2-amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) ethane- 1-sulfonic acid , 3- (3-Amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) propan-1-sulfonic acid, 4- (3-amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) butane-1-sulfonic acid, 2- (3-amino-4-ethoxyphenoxy) ) Etan-1-sulfonic acid and the like can be mentioned, but the present invention is not limited thereto. These aromatic amines may have an amino group protected. Examples of the protecting group include an ω-methanesulfon group.
 hが0の場合の3次カップリング成分、又はhが1の場合の4次カップリング成分であるXbを有するナフトール類としては、例えば、6-アミノ-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール、6-メチルアミノ-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール、6-フェニルアミノ-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール、6-(4-メトキシ-フェニルアミノ)-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール、6-ベンゾイルアミノ-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール、6-(4’-アミノベンゾイル)アミノ-3-スルホン酸-1-ナフトール等が挙げられるがこれらに限定されるものではない。 Examples of naphthols having Xb 1 which is a tertiary coupling component when h is 0 or a quaternary coupling component when h is 1 include 6-amino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol. 6-Methylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol, 6-phenylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol, 6- (4-methoxy-phenylamino) -3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol, 6- Examples thereof include, but are not limited to, benzoylamino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol and 6- (4'-aminobenzoyl) amino-3-sulfonic acid-1-naphthol.
 式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、アゾ化合物は遊離酸の形式で表す。 Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (3) are given below. The azo compound is represented in the form of a free acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000053
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000059
 本発明の偏光素子は、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物を組み合わせることにより、従来の染料系偏光板よりも透過率が高く、高偏光度な偏光素子または偏光板が提供する。また、従来の偏光板よりも高い透過率および高い偏光度を有しつつも、白表示時に高品位な紙のような白色、通称、ペーパーホワイトを実現し、黒表示時に無彩色の黒色、特に高級感のある明瞭な黒色を実現でき、かつ、従来の染料系偏光素子または染料系偏光板よりも高いコントラストを有することが出来る。 The polarizing element of the present invention is a conventional dye-based polarizing element by combining an azo compound represented by the formula (1) or an azo compound represented by the formula (2) with an azo compound represented by the formula (3). Provided by a polarizing element or a polarizing plate having a higher transmittance than a plate and a high degree of polarization. In addition, while having higher transmittance and higher degree of polarization than conventional polarizing plates, it achieves high-quality paper-like white, commonly known as paper white, when displayed in white, and achromatic black, especially when displayed in black. It is possible to realize a high-quality clear black color and to have a higher contrast than a conventional dye-based polarizing element or dye-based polarizing plate.
 本発明の偏光素子は、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物に対し、さらに式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物を含むことによって、さらに高透過率で高偏光度な偏光素子、偏光板を得ることが出来る。特に式(4)または式(5)に表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩を含むことによって、偏光素子における400~500nmにおいてより透過率を向上させ、高い偏光度を得ることが出来るため好ましい。 The polarizing element of the present invention is further represented by the formula (4) with respect to the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (3). By containing the azo compound or the azo compound represented by the formula (5), a polarizing element or a polarizing plate having a higher transmission rate and a higher degree of polarization can be obtained. In particular, by containing the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or the formula (5) or a salt thereof, the transmittance can be further improved at 400 to 500 nm in the polarizing element, and a high degree of polarization can be obtained, which is preferable.
 次に、式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。 Next, the azo compound represented by the formula (4) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000060
(上記式(4)中、Ay11は各々独立に、水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、低級アルキル基、又は低級アルコキシ基であり、Ry11~Ry14は、各々独立に、水素原子、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であり、fは1~3の整数を示す。) (In the above formula (4), Ay 11 is an independent hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, a lower alkyl group, or a lower alkoxy group, and Ry 11 to Ry 14 are independently hydrogen. It is a lower alkoxy group having an atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a sulfo group, and f represents an integer of 1 to 3).
 上記式(4)中、Ay11は好ましくはスルホ基又はカルボキシ基である。Ry11~Ry14は、好ましくは水素原子、スルホ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基である。 In the above formula (4), Ay11 is preferably a sulfo group or a carboxy group. Ry11 to Ry14 are preferably a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group and a lower alkoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group and a methoxy group.
 式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例としては、例えば、C.I.Direct Yellow 4、C.I.Direct Yellow 12、C.I.Direct Yellow 72、およびC.I.Direct Orange 39、並びに国際公開第2007/138980号等に記載されるスチルベン構造を有するアゾ化合物等があるが、これらに限定されるものではない。 Specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (4) include, for example, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 4, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 12, C.I. I. Direct Yellow 72, and C.I. I. There are, but are not limited to, Direct Orange 39 and azo compounds having a stilbene structure described in International Publication No. 2007/138980 and the like.
 式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、例えば国際公開第2007/138980号等に記載される方法により合成することができる。 The azo compound represented by the formula (4) or a salt thereof can be synthesized by, for example, the method described in International Publication No. 2007/138980.
 式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物のさらなる具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、化合物例は、遊離酸の形態で表す。 Further specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (4) are given below. Examples of compounds are expressed in the form of free acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000061
 次に、式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物について説明する。 Next, the azo compound represented by the formula (5) will be described.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000062
(式(5)中、Ay21及びAy22は各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基、又は置換基を有してもよいフェニル基であり、Ry21、Ry22、Ry27、Ry28が、各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基であり、Ry23~Ry26が、各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基であり、s、tは各々独立に0又は1を示す。) (In the formula (5), Ay 21 and Ay 22 are naphthyl groups which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, respectively, and are Ry 21 , Ry 22 and Ry 27 . , Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to 4 alkoxy groups, and Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1. It is an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkoxy group of 4 and a sulfo group, and s and t independently indicate 0 or 1 respectively.)
 置換基を有するフェニル基は、好ましくは、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、低級アルキル置換アミノ基、及び低級アルキル置換アシルアミノ基フェニル基から選択される1以上の置換基を有するフェニル基である。フェニル基が置換基を2つ以上有する場合は、その置換基の少なくとも1つがスルホ基、又はカルボキシ基、又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であり、その他の置換基が、スルホ基、水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、カルボキシ基、クロロ基、ブロモ基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、低級アルキル置換アミノ基、又は低級アルキル置換アシルアミノ基であることが好ましいく、スルホ基、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、カルボキシ基、スルホエトキシ基、スルホプロポキシ基、スルホブトキシ基、クロロ基、ニトロ基、又はアミノ基であることがより好ましく、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、水素原子、メチル基、メトキシ基、スルホエトキシ基、スルホプロポキシ基、又はスルホブトキシ基であることが特に好ましい。置換位置は特に限定されないが、好ましくは、2位のみ、4位のみ、2位と6位の組合せ、2位と4位の組合せ、3位と5位の組合せが好ましく、特に好ましくは、2位のみ、4位のみ、2位と4位の組合せ、又は3位と5位の組合せである。なお、2位のみ、4位のみは、2位又は4位のみに水素原子以外の置換基を1つ有することを示す The phenyl group having a substituent is preferably a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen group, a nitro group, an amino group, a lower alkyl substituted amino group, and a lower group. Alkyl Substituted Acylamino Group A phenyl group having one or more substituents selected from phenyl groups. When the phenyl group has two or more substituents, at least one of the substituents is a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, and the other substituents are a sulfo group, a hydrogen atom, and the like. It is preferably a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a chloro group, a bromo group, a nitro group, an amino group, a lower alkyl substituted amino group, or a lower alkyl substituted acylamino group. A sulfo group, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a carboxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a sulfopropoxy group, a sulfobutoxy group, a chloro group, a nitro group, or an amino group is more preferable. Particularly preferably, it is a group, a carboxy group, a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a methoxy group, a sulfoethoxy group, a sulfopropoxy group, or a sulfobutoxy group. The substitution position is not particularly limited, but preferably only the 2-position, only the 4-position, the combination of the 2-position and the 6-position, the combination of the 2-position and the 4-position, and the combination of the 3-position and the 5-position are particularly preferable, and the 2-position is particularly preferable. Only the place, only the 4th place, the combination of the 2nd place and the 4th place, or the combination of the 3rd place and the 5th place. Note that only the 2-position and the 4-position indicate that only the 2-position or the 4-position has one substituent other than a hydrogen atom.
 置換基を有するフェニル基は、好ましくは下記式(11)で表される。 The phenyl group having a substituent is preferably represented by the following formula (11).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000063
 式(11)において、Ry2a及びRy2bは、少なくとも一方はスルホ基、カルボキシル基、又はスルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であり、他方は水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、ハロゲン基、ニトロ基、アミノ基、低級アルキル置換アミノ基、又は低級アルキル置換アシルアミノ基である。好ましくは、Ry2a及びRy2bの一方がスルホ基又はカルボキシ基であり、他方は水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、メチル基、又はメトキシ基である。 In formula (11), at least one of Ry 2a and Ry 2b is a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, or a sulfo group, and the other is a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or a sulfo group. A group, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, a halogen group, a nitro group, an amino group, a lower alkyl substituted amino group, or a lower alkyl substituted acylamino group. Preferably, one of Ry 2a and Ry 2b is a sulfo group or a carboxy group, and the other is a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a methyl group or a methoxy group.
 置換基を有してもよいナフチル基は、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基及びスルホ基から選択される1以上の置換基を有してもよいナフチル基であることが好ましい。 The naphthyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a naphthyl group which may have one or more substituents selected from a hydroxy group, a lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group and a sulfo group.
 置換基を有してもよいナフチル基は、好ましくは、下記式(12)で表されるナフチル基である。 The naphthyl group which may have a substituent is preferably a naphthyl group represented by the following formula (12).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000064
 式(12)において、Ry2cは水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基、又はスルホ基である。uは1~3の整数である。スルホ基の位置はナフタレン環のいずれのベンゼン核に有してもよい。好ましくは、Ry2cは水素原子であり、uは2である。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基としては、直鎖アルコキシ基が好ましく、スルホ基の置換位置はアルコキシ基末端が好ましい。スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基は、より好ましくは3-スルホプロポキシ基、及び4-スルホブトキシ基である。ナフチル基が有する置換基の位置は特に限定されないが、式(12)に示す番号で説明すると、式(5)においてアゾ基の置換位置が2位として、置換基が2個の場合は5位と7位、4位と8位、又は6位と8位の組み合わせが好ましく、置換基が3個の場合は3位と5位と7位、3位と6位と8位が好ましい。 In formula (12), Ry 2c is a lower alkoxy group having a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, a sulfo group, or a sulfo group. u is an integer of 1 to 3. The position of the sulfo group may be present in any benzene nucleus of the naphthalene ring. Preferably, Ry 2c is a hydrogen atom and u is 2. As the lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group, a linear alkoxy group is preferable, and the substituent of the sulfo group is preferably an alkoxy group terminal. The lower alkoxy group having a sulfo group is more preferably a 3-sulfopropoxy group and a 4-sulfobutoxy group. The position of the substituent of the naphthyl group is not particularly limited, but when described by the number shown in the formula (12), the substitution position of the azo group is the 2-position in the formula (5), and the 5-position when there are two substituents. The 7-position and the 4-position and the 8-position, or the combination of the 6-position and the 8-position are preferable, and when the number of substituents is 3, the 3-position, the 5-position and the 7-position, and the 3-position, the 6-position and the 8-position are preferable.
 Ry21、Ry22、Ry27、Ry28は各々独立に水素原子、低級アルコキシ基、低級アルキル基であるが、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基である。 Ry 21 , Ry 22 , Ry 27 , and Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, lower alkoxy groups, and lower alkyl groups, but are preferably hydrogen atoms, methyl groups, ethyl groups, methoxy groups, and ethoxy groups, respectively.
 Ry23~Ry26は各々独立に水素原子、低級アルキル基、低級アルコキシ基、スルホ基を有する低級アルコキシ基であるが、Ry23~Ry26は各々独立に、好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、3-スルホプロポキシ基、又は4-スルホブトキシ基であり、さらに好ましくは、水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、メトキシ基、又は3-スルホプロポキシ基である。Ry~Ryの位置としては、好ましくは、2位のみ、5位のみ、2位と6位の組合せ、2位と5位の組合せ、3位と5位の組合せが好ましく、さらに好ましくは、2位のみ、5位のみ、2位と5位の組合せである。なお、2位のみ、5位のみは、2位又は5位のみに水素原子以外の置換基を1つ有することを示す。 Ry 23 to Ry 26 are lower alkoxy groups each independently having a hydrogen atom, a lower alkyl group, a lower alkoxy group, and a sulfo group, whereas Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independent, preferably hydrogen atom, a methyl group, respectively. It is an ethyl group, a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a 3-sulfopropoxy group, or a 4-sulfobutoxy group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a methoxy group, or a 3-sulfopropoxy group. As the positions of Ry 3 to Ry 6 , preferably, only the 2nd position, only the 5th position, the combination of the 2nd and 6th positions, the combination of the 2nd and 5th positions, and the combination of the 3rd and 5th positions are preferable, and more preferably. Only the 2nd place, only the 5th place, and the combination of the 2nd place and the 5th place. It should be noted that only the 2-position and the 5-position indicate that only the 2-position or the 5-position has one substituent other than the hydrogen atom.
 式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物は、下記式(5b)で表されることが好ましい。 The azo compound represented by the formula (5) is preferably represented by the following formula (5b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065

(式(5b)中、Ay21、Ay22、Ry21~Ry28、s又はtはそれぞれ式(5)におけるものと同じ意味を表す。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000065

(In the formula (5b), Ay 21 , Ay 22 , Ry 21 to Ry 28 , s or t have the same meanings as those in the formula (5), respectively.)
 上記式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5b)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩は、非特許文献1に記載されるような通常のアゾ染料の製法に従い、ジアゾ化、カップリングを行い、特許文献4~7に記載されるようなウレイド化剤と反応させることにより製造することができる。 The azo compound represented by the above formula (5) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5b) or a salt thereof is diazotized and coupled according to a conventional method for producing an azo dye as described in Non-Patent Document 1. It can be produced by reacting with a uraido agent as described in Patent Documents 4 to 7.
 次に、式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5b)で表されるアゾ化合物の具体例を以下に挙げる。なお、式中のスルホ基、カルボキシ基及びヒドロキシ基は遊離酸の形で表す。 Next, specific examples of the azo compound represented by the formula (5) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5b) are given below. The sulfo group, carboxy group and hydroxy group in the formula are represented in the form of free acid.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000066
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000067
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000068
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000069
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000070
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000071
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000072
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000073
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000074
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000075
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000076
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000081
 上記式(1)~式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物は、遊離酸形態であっても、塩の形態であってもよいが、金属イオン、アンモニウムイオンの塩であってもよい。金属イオンとしては、例えば、リチウムイオン、ナトリウム、カリウムイオン等のアルカリ金属イオン、カルシウムイオン、マグネシウムイオン等のアルカリ土類金属イオン等が挙げられる。アンモニウムイオンとしては、例えば、アンモニウムイオン、メチルアンモニウムイオン、ジメチルアンモニウムイオン、トリエチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラエチルアンモニウムイオン、テトラ-n-プロピルアンモニウムイオン、テトラ-n-ブチルアンモニウムイオン、トリエタノールアンモニウムイオン等が挙げられる。より具体的には、例えば、遊離酸の場合はスルホン酸(-SOH)を、ナトリウムイオンの場合はスルホン酸ナトリウム(-SONa)を、アンモニウムイオンの場合はスルホン酸アンモニウム(-SONH)を表す。 The azo compounds represented by the above formulas (1) to (5) may be in the form of a free acid or a salt, but may be a salt of a metal ion or an ammonium ion. Examples of the metal ion include alkali metal ions such as lithium ion, sodium and potassium ion, and alkaline earth metal ions such as calcium ion and magnesium ion. Examples of the ammonium ion include ammonium ion, methylammonium ion, dimethylammonium ion, triethylammonium ion, tetraethylammonium ion, tetra-n-propylammonium ion, tetra-n-butylammonium ion, triethanolammonium ion and the like. .. More specifically, for example, in the case of free acid, sulfonic acid (-SO 3 H), in the case of sodium ion, sodium sulfonate (-SO 3 Na), in the case of ammonium ion, ammonium sulfonate (-SO). 3 NH 4 ) is represented.
 本発明の偏光素子は、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物を含む。高透過率で高コントラスト、即ち高偏光度な偏光素子を提供できる。さらに任意で式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物をさらに含ませることにより、より高透過率で高コントラスト、即ち高偏光度な偏光素子を提供できる。 The polarizing element of the present invention includes an azo compound represented by the formula (1), an azo compound represented by the formula (2), and an azo compound represented by the formula (3). It is possible to provide a polarizing element having high transmittance, high contrast, that is, high degree of polarization. Further, by further incorporating the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5), it is possible to provide a polarizing element having higher transmittance, higher contrast, that is, a higher degree of polarization.
 本発明の偏光素子は、後述する好ましい範囲の色度a*値及びb*値、視感度補正後の単体透過率、及び特定波長帯域における平均透過率等の優れた偏光性能を有する。例えば、偏光素子単体での各波長における透過率を一定にすることが出来る。さらに、偏光素子2枚の吸収軸を平行にした時の平行位での各波長においても透過率を一定、すなわち無彩色な色相を有することができる。さらに、偏光素子2枚の吸収軸を直交にした時の直交位での各波長においても透過率を一定、すなわち無彩色な色相を有することができる。このことから、本発明の偏光素子は、高透過率で高コントラスト、即ち高偏光度を有するだけでなく、無彩色な色相も兼ね備えることができる。 The polarizing element of the present invention has excellent polarization performance such as chromaticity a * value and b * value in a preferable range described later, single transmittance after correction of visual sensitivity, and average transmittance in a specific wavelength band. For example, the transmittance of a single polarizing element at each wavelength can be made constant. Further, it is possible to have a constant transmittance, that is, an achromatic hue even at each wavelength in the parallel position when the absorption axes of the two polarizing elements are parallel. Further, it is possible to have a constant transmittance, that is, an achromatic hue even at each wavelength at the orthogonal position when the absorption axes of the two polarizing elements are orthogonal to each other. From this, the polarizing element of the present invention can not only have high transmittance and high contrast, that is, high degree of polarization, but also have an achromatic hue.
 本発明の偏光素子における上記各アゾ化合物を基材に含有させる量を変えることによって、透過率及び色度が後述する好ましい範囲になるように調整することができる。偏光素子の性能は、偏光素子における各アゾ化合物の配合比のみならず、アゾ化合物を吸着させる基材の膨潤度や延伸倍率、染色時間、染色温度、染色時のpH、塩の影響等の様々な要因により変化する。このため、各アゾ化合物の配合比は、基材の膨潤度、染色時の温度、時間、pH、塩の種類、塩の濃度、さらには延伸倍率に応じて決定することができる。 By changing the amount of each of the above azo compounds contained in the substrate in the polarizing element of the present invention, the transmittance and chromaticity can be adjusted to be within the preferable ranges described later. The performance of the polarizing element includes not only the compounding ratio of each azo compound in the polarizing element, but also various factors such as the degree of swelling and stretching ratio of the substrate that adsorbs the azo compound, the dyeing time, the dyeing temperature, the pH at the time of dyeing, and the influence of the salt. It changes depending on various factors. Therefore, the blending ratio of each azo compound can be determined according to the degree of swelling of the substrate, the temperature at the time of dyeing, the time, the pH, the type of salt, the concentration of salt, and the draw ratio.
(視感度補正後の透過率)
 上記視感度補正後の透過率とは、人間の目の視感度に補正された透過率のことをいい、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って求めることができる。測定試料(例えば、偏光素子又は偏光板)について、C光源(2度視野)を用いて380~780nmの波長域を、5nm又は10nmごとに、各波長の分光透過率を測定し、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正することで求めることができる。視感度補正後の透過率には、測定試料を単体で測定した場合の視感度補正後の単体透過率(Ys)、測定試料を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を平行にした場合の視感度補正後の平行位透過率(Yp)、測定試料を2枚用いて各々の吸収軸を直交にした場合の視感度補正後の直交位透過率(Yc)がある。
(Transmittance after luminosity factor correction)
The transmittance after the luminosity factor correction refers to the transmittance corrected to the luminosity factor of the human eye, and can be obtained according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. For the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate), the spectral transmittance of each wavelength is measured every 5 nm or 10 nm in the wavelength range of 380 to 780 nm using a C light source (2 degree field), and JIS Z 8722. : It can be obtained by correcting the visual sensitivity according to 2009. The transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the single transmittance (Ys) after the visual sensitivity correction when the measurement sample is measured by itself, and the visual sensitivity when each absorption axis is parallel to each other using two measurement samples. There are the corrected parallel position transmittance (Yp) and the corrected orthogonal position transmittance (Yc) when the absorption axes are orthogonal to each other using two measurement samples.
(2つの波長帯域における平均透過率の差)
 本発明の偏光素子は、特定の波長帯域間における平均透過率の差が所定の値以下であることが好ましい。平均透過率とは、特定の波長帯域における各波長の透過率の平均値をいう。
(Difference in average transmittance between two wavelength bands)
In the polarizing element of the present invention, it is preferable that the difference in average transmittance between specific wavelength bands is a predetermined value or less. The average transmittance means the average value of the transmittance of each wavelength in a specific wavelength band.
 波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm、及び600nm~640nmは、JIS Z 8781-4:2013において色を示す際に計算で用いる等色関数に基づく主な波長帯域である。具体的には、JIS Z 8781-4:2013の元になるJIS Z 8701のXYZ等色関数において、600nmを最大値とするx(λ)、550nmを最大値とするy(λ)、455nmを最大値とするz(λ)のそれぞれの最大値を100としたとき、20以上となる値を示すそれぞれの波長が、420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm、及び600nm~640nmの各波長帯域である。以下、○nmから△nmの各波長の平均透過率を「AT○-△」とも称する。 The wavelength bands 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm are the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in the calculation when showing colors in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. Specifically, in the XYZ color matching function of JIS Z 8701, which is the basis of JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, x (λ) having a maximum value of 600 nm and y (λ) having a maximum value of 550 nm are set to 455 nm. When the maximum value of z (λ) as the maximum value is 100, each wavelength showing a value of 20 or more is each wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm. Hereinafter, the average transmittance of each wavelength from ○ nm to △ nm is also referred to as “AT ○ - △ ”.
(平行位透過率)
 偏光素子2枚を吸収軸方向が平行になるように重ねて配置した状態(明表示時、又は、白表示時)について各波長で測定して得られる透過率を、各波長の「平行位透過率(Tp)」とも称する。本発明の偏光素子の各波長の平行位透過率について、2つの波長帯域間の平均透過率の差は、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として好ましくは2.5%以下であり、より好ましくは1.8%以下であり、さらに好ましくは1.5%以下であり、特に好ましくは1.0%以下である。さらに、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として好ましくは3.0%以下であり、より好ましくは2.0%以下であり、さらに好ましくは1.5%以下であり、特に好ましくは1.0%以下である。このような偏光素子は、平行位で高品位な紙のような白色を表示することができる。
(Parallel transmittance)
The transmittance obtained by measuring at each wavelength in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (when displayed in bright light or when displayed in white) is the "parallel transmission" of each wavelength. Also referred to as "rate (Tp)". Regarding the parallel transmittance of each wavelength of the polarizing element of the present invention, the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is preferably 2.5% as the absolute value of the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 . It is less than or equal to, more preferably 1.8% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less, and particularly preferably 1.0% or less. Further, the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 3.0% or less, more preferably 2.0% or less, still more preferably 1.5% or less as an absolute value. Particularly preferably, it is 1.0% or less. Such a polarizing element can display a high-quality paper-like white color in a parallel position.
(直交位透過率)
 偏光素子2枚を吸収軸方向が直交になるように重ねて配置した状態(黒表示時、又は、暗表示時)について各波長で測定して得られる透過率を、各波長の「直交位透過率(Tc)」と称する。本発明の偏光素子の各波長の直交位透過率について、2つの波長帯域間の平均透過率の差は、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として1.0%以下であり、かつ、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として1.0%以下であることが好ましい。このような偏光素子は、直交位で無彩色な黒色を表示することができる。さらに、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として、好ましくは0.6%以下であり、より好ましくは0.3%以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.1%以下である。また、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として、好ましくは1.0%以下であり、より好ましくは0.6%以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.3%以下であり、特に好ましくは0.1%である。
(Orthogonal transmittance)
The transmittance obtained by measuring at each wavelength in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displayed in black or when displayed in dark) is the "orthogonal transmission" of each wavelength. It is called "rate (Tc)". Regarding the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength of the polarizing element of the present invention, the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is such that the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 1.0% or less as an absolute value. It is preferable that the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is 1.0% or less as an absolute value. Such a polarizing element can display an achromatic black color at an orthogonal position. Further, the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 as an absolute value is preferably 0.6% or less, more preferably 0.3% or less, still more preferably 0.1% or less. .. The difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is preferably 1.0% or less, more preferably 0.6% or less, and further preferably 0.3% or less as an absolute value. , Particularly preferably 0.1%.
 さらに、上記の波長帯域と異なる波長帯域380nm~420nm、480nm~520nm、及び640nm~780nmにおける各波長の単体透過率、平行位透過率、及び直交位透過率のそれぞれの平均透過率についても、ある程度調整されていることが好ましい。本発明の偏光素子の各波長の単体透過率について、2つの波長帯域間の平均透過率の差は、AT380-420とAT420-480との差が15%以下であることが好ましく、AT480-520とAT420-480との差が15%以下であることがより好ましく、また、AT480-520とAT520-590と差が15%以下であることが好ましく、AT640-780とAT600-640との差が20%以下であることがより好ましい。 Further, the average transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 380 nm to 420 nm, 480 nm to 520 nm, and 640 nm to 780 nm, which is different from the above wavelength band, the parallel position transmittance, and the orthogonal position transmittance is also to some extent. It is preferable that it is adjusted. Regarding the single transmittance of each wavelength of the polarizing element of the present invention, the difference in average transmittance between the two wavelength bands is preferably that the difference between AT 380-420 and AT 420-480 is 15% or less, and AT. The difference between 480-520 and AT 420-480 is more preferably 15% or less, and the difference between AT 480-520 and AT 520-590 is preferably 15% or less, with AT 640-780 . It is more preferable that the difference from AT 600-640 is 20% or less.
(視感度補正後の単体透過率の値)
 本発明の偏光素子は、視感度補正後の単体透過率(Ys)が35%~65%であることが好ましい。視感度補正後の単体透過率は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子又は偏光板)1枚について、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正した透過率である。偏光板の性能としては、視感度補正後の単体透過率が35%~65%であれば表示装置に用いても、違和感なく明るさを表現できる。透過率が高いほど偏光度は下がる傾向にあるため、偏光度とのバランスの観点からは、視感度補正後の単体透過率は、好ましくは36%~55%であり、さらに好ましくは37%~50%であり、よりさらに好ましくは38%~48%であり、特に好ましくは39%~45%である。視感度補正後の単体透過率が65%を超えると偏光度が低下する場合があるが、偏光素子の明るい透過率又は特定の偏光性能やコントラストを求める場合には、視感度補正後の単体透過率が65%を超えてもよい。
(Value of single transmittance after correction of visual sensitivity)
The polarizing element of the present invention preferably has a simple substance transmittance (Ys) of 35% to 65% after correction of visual sensitivity. The single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is the transmittance corrected to the visual sensitivity according to JIS Z 8722: 2009 for one measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate). As for the performance of the polarizing plate, if the single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is 35% to 65%, the brightness can be expressed without discomfort even when used in a display device. The higher the transmittance, the lower the degree of polarization. Therefore, from the viewpoint of the balance with the degree of polarization, the single transmittance after the visual sensitivity correction is preferably 36% to 55%, more preferably 37% to 37%. It is 50%, more preferably 38% to 48%, and particularly preferably 39% to 45%. If the single transmittance after luminosity factor correction exceeds 65%, the degree of polarization may decrease, but if the bright transmittance of the polarizing element or specific polarization performance or contrast is required, the single transmittance after luminosity factor correction is required. The rate may exceed 65%.
(特定波長帯域における平均透過率)
 本発明の偏光素子は、各波長の平行位透過率(Tp)の平均透過率について、AT520-590が25%~50%であることが好ましい。このような偏光素子は、表示装置に設けた際に、明るく、輝度の高い明瞭な表示装置とすることができる。520nm~590nmの波長帯域の透過率は、JIS Z 8781-4:2013において色を示す際に計算で用いる等色関数に基づく主な波長帯域の1つである。特に、520nm~590nmの各波長帯域は、等色関数に基づく最も視感度の高い波長帯域であり、この範囲における透過率が、目視で確認できる透過率と近いといわれている。このため、520nm~590nmの波長帯域の透過率を調整することが非常に重要である。各波長の平行位透過率の平均透過率AT520-590は、より好ましくは28%~45%であり、さらに好ましくは30%~40%である。さらに、このときの偏光素子の偏光度は、好ましくは80%~100%であり、より好ましくは90%~100%であり、さらに好ましくは97%~100%であり、さらに好ましくは99%以上であり、特に好ましくは99.5%以上である。偏光度は、高い方が好ましいが、偏光度と透過率との関係において、明るさを重視するか、偏光度(又はコントラスト)を重視するかにより、適した透過率および偏光度に調整することができる。
(Average transmittance in a specific wavelength band)
In the polarizing element of the present invention, AT 520-590 is preferably 25% to 50% with respect to the average transmittance of the parallel transmittance (Tp) of each wavelength. When such a polarizing element is provided in a display device, it can be a bright and clear display device with high brightness. The transmittance of the wavelength band from 520 nm to 590 nm is one of the main wavelength bands based on the color matching function used in the calculation when showing a color in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. In particular, each wavelength band from 520 nm to 590 nm is the wavelength band having the highest visual sensitivity based on the color matching function, and it is said that the transmittance in this range is close to the transmittance that can be visually confirmed. Therefore, it is very important to adjust the transmittance in the wavelength band of 520 nm to 590 nm. The average transmittance AT 520-590 of the parallel transmittance of each wavelength is more preferably 28% to 45%, still more preferably 30% to 40%. Further, the degree of polarization of the polarizing element at this time is preferably 80% to 100%, more preferably 90% to 100%, still more preferably 97% to 100%, still more preferably 99% or more. It is particularly preferably 99.5% or more. The higher the degree of polarization is preferable, but in the relationship between the degree of polarization and the transmittance, the transmittance and the degree of polarization should be adjusted to be suitable depending on whether the brightness is emphasized or the degree of polarization (or contrast) is emphasized. Can be done.
(色度a*値及びb*値)
 色度a*値及びb*値は、JIS Z 8781-4:2013により、自然光の透過率測定時に求められる値である。JIS Z 8781-4:2013に定められる物体色の表示方法は、国際照明委員会(略称:CIE)が定める物体色の表示方法に相当する。色度a*値及びb*値の測定は、測定試料(例えば、偏光素子又は偏光板)に自然光を照射して行われる。なお、以下において、測定試料1枚について求められる色度a*値及びb*値はa*-s及びb*-sと示し、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行となるように配置した状態(白表示時)について求められる色度a*値及びb*値はa*-p及びb*-pと示し、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように配置した状態(黒表示時)について求められる色度a*値及びb*値はa*-c及びb*-cと示す。
(Saturation a * value and b * value)
The chromaticity a * value and b * value are values obtained at the time of measuring the transmittance of natural light according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013. The object color display method defined in JIS Z 8781-4: 2013 corresponds to the object color display method defined by the International Commission on Illumination (abbreviation: CIE). The measurement of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value is performed by irradiating the measurement sample (for example, a polarizing element or a polarizing plate) with natural light. In the following, the chromaticity a * value and b * value required for one measurement sample are shown as a * -s and b * -s so that the absorption axis directions of the two measurement samples are parallel to each other. The chromaticity a * value and b * value obtained for the arranged state (when displayed in white) are shown as a * -p and b * -p, and the two measurement samples are arranged so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other. The chromaticity a * value and b * value obtained for the state (when displayed in black) are shown as a * -c and b * -c.
 本発明の偏光素子において、測定試料1枚について求められる色度a*-s及びb*-sの絶対値はそれぞれ1.0以下(-1.0≦a*-s≦1.0、-1.0≦b*-s≦1.0)であることが好ましい。また、a*-pは-2.0~2.0(-2.0≦a*-p≦2.0)であることが好ましく、b*-pは-2.0~3.0(-2.0≦b*-p≦3.0)であることが好ましい。このような偏光素子は、単体で中性色であり、白表示時に高品位な白色を表示することができる。より好ましくは測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに平行となるように配置した状態(白表示時)におけるa*-p及びb*-pの絶対値がそれぞれ独立に2.0以下であることが良く、さらに好ましくはそれぞれ独立に1.5以下であり、特に好ましくはそれぞれ独立に1.0以下である。さらに、測定試料2枚をその吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように配置した状態(黒表示時)における色度a*-c及びb*-cの絶対値は各々2.0以下(-2.0≦a*-c≦2.0、-2.0≦b*-c≦2.0)であることが好ましく、それぞれ1.0以下(-1.0≦a*-c≦1.0、-1.0≦b*-c≦1.0)であることがより好ましい。このような偏光素子は、黒表示時に無彩色の黒色を表示することができる。色度a*値及びb*値の絶対値に0.5の差があるだけでも人間は色の違いを知覚でき、人によって色の違いを大きく感じる場合がある。このため、偏光素子において、これらの値を制御することは非常に重要である。特に、a*-p、b*-p、a*-c、及びb*-cの絶対値が、それぞれ1.0以下である場合には、白表示時の白色及び黒表示時の黒色において、その他の色がほぼ確認できない、良好な偏光板が得られる。平行位で無彩色性、すなわち高品位な紙のような白色を実現し、かつ、直交位で無彩色な高級感ある明瞭な黒色を実現することができる。ただし、表示装置の黒色を与える色相の影響はその限りでなく、そもそも光が無い(暗い)状態では、色相を有していても黒く見える。そのため、偏光度が高い場合、つまり直交位透過率が低い場合には偏光素子は、a*-c及びb*-cの絶対値の各々2.0以下でなくとも黒を与えることが出来る。我々の検討の結果、波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm、及び600nm~640nmの各波長における直交位透過率が1%以下である又は偏光度は約97%以上である場合、a*-c及びb*-cの絶対値に関わらず視感的に黒を与えることが出来ることを見出した。波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm、及び600nm~640nmにおける各波長の直交位透過率が0.6%以下である又は偏光度98%以上である場合に、より黒を視感的に与えることが出来るためより好ましく、各波長の直交位透過率が0.3%以下であり又は偏光度99%以上である場合、特に好ましい。 In the polarizing element of the present invention, the absolute values of chromaticity a * -s and b * -s required for one measurement sample are 1.0 or less (-1.0 ≤ a * -s ≤ 1.0,-, respectively. 1.0 ≦ b * −s ≦ 1.0) is preferable. Further, a * -p is preferably -2.0 to 2.0 (-2.0 ≤ a * -p ≤ 2.0), and b * -p is -2.0 to 3.0 (-2.0 ≤ a * -p ≤ 2.0). -2.0≤b * -p≤3.0) is preferable. Such a polarizing element is a neutral color by itself, and can display high-quality white when displayed in white. More preferably, the absolute values of a * -p and b * -p in a state where two measurement samples are arranged so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction (when displayed in white) are independently 2.0 or less. It is good, more preferably 1.5 or less independently, and particularly preferably 1.0 or less independently. Further, the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -c and b * -c in the state where the two measurement samples are arranged so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displayed in black) are 2.0 or less (-2. 0 ≤ a * -c ≤ 2.0, -2.0 ≤ b * -c ≤ 2.0), each of which is 1.0 or less (-1.0 ≤ a * -c ≤ 1.0). , -1.0 ≦ b * -c ≦ 1.0) is more preferable. Such a polarizing element can display achromatic black when displaying black. Even if there is a difference of 0.5 between the absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value, humans can perceive the difference in color, and the difference in color may be felt greatly depending on the person. Therefore, it is very important to control these values in the polarizing element. In particular, when the absolute values of a * -p, b * -p, a * -c, and b * -c are 1.0 or less, the white color when displayed in white and the black color when displayed in black are used. , A good polarizing plate with almost no other colors can be obtained. It is possible to realize achromatic color in the parallel position, that is, white color like high-quality paper, and to realize a clear black color with a high-quality achromatic color in the orthogonal position. However, the influence of the hue giving the black color of the display device is not limited to this, and in the absence of light (dark) in the first place, the display device looks black even if it has a hue. Therefore, when the degree of polarization is high, that is, when the orthogonal position transmittance is low, the polarizing element can give black even if the absolute values of a * -c and b * -c are not 2.0 or less. As a result of our examination, when the orthogonal transmittance at each wavelength of the wavelength band 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1% or less, or the degree of polarization is about 97% or more, a * -c. And it was found that black can be given visually regardless of the absolute value of b * -c. When the orthogonal transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm, and 600 nm to 640 nm is 0.6% or less, or the degree of polarization is 98% or more, more black is visually imparted. It is more preferable, and it is particularly preferable when the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength is 0.3% or less or the degree of polarization is 99% or more.
 以上のことから、偏光素子2枚を吸収軸方向が直交になるように重ねて配置した状態(黒表示時、又は、暗表示時)において、その色相が無彩色の黒を与えるためには、以下の1)~3)のいずれかの条件を満たすことが好ましい。
1)各波長の直交位透過率(Tc)について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として、1.0%以下であり、かつ、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として1.0%以下である場合
2)色度a*-c及びb*-cの絶対値がそれぞれ2.0以下である場合
3)波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm、及び600nm~640nmにおける各波長の直交位透過率(Tc)がそれぞれ1%以下であり又は偏光度が約97%以上である場合
From the above, in order to give an achromatic black color in a state where two polarizing elements are overlapped and arranged so that the absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displaying black or when displaying dark). It is preferable to satisfy any of the following conditions 1) to 3).
1) Regarding the orthogonal transmittance (Tc) of each wavelength, the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 1.0% or less as an absolute value, and AT 520-590 and AT 600-640. When the difference from the absolute value is 1.0% or less 2) When the absolute values of chromaticity a * -c and b * -c are 2.0 or less, respectively 3) Wavelength band 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to When the orthogonal transmittance (Tc) of each wavelength at 590 nm and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1% or less, or the degree of polarization is about 97% or more.
 本発明の偏光素子は、高コントラスト及び高透過率を有しながら、単体での無彩色性と高偏光度を有する。さらに、本発明の偏光素子は、白表示時に高品位な紙のような白色(ペーパーホワイト)を表現することができ、黒表示時に無彩色な黒色、特に高級感ある明瞭な黒色を表現することができる。本発明の偏光素子は、さらに、高耐久性であり、特に高温および高湿度に対する耐久性を有する。 The polarizing element of the present invention has high contrast and high transmittance, while having achromaticity and high degree of polarization by itself. Further, the polarizing element of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white (paper white) when displayed in white, and express achromatic black, particularly high-quality clear black when displayed in black. Can be done. The polarizing element of the present invention is also highly durable, particularly resistant to high temperatures and high humidity.
 本発明の偏光素子は、ヨウ素系偏光板や特許文献3に記載の偏光素子に比べて、700nm以上の波長の光に対する吸収が少ないため、太陽光などの光を照射しても発熱が小さいという利点がある。例えば、屋外等で液晶ディスプレイを使用する場合には、太陽光が液晶ディスプレイに照射され、その結果、偏光素子にも照射される。太陽光には、700nm以上の波長の光も含まれており、近赤外領域の光は発熱効果を有する。本発明の偏光素子は、近赤外線の吸収が極めて少ないため、屋外で太陽光に暴露されても発熱が少ないことにより、劣化も少ない点で優れている。 The polarizing element of the present invention absorbs less light having a wavelength of 700 nm or more than the iodine-based polarizing plate and the polarizing element described in Patent Document 3, and therefore generates less heat even when irradiated with light such as sunlight. There are advantages. For example, when the liquid crystal display is used outdoors, sunlight is applied to the liquid crystal display, and as a result, the polarizing element is also irradiated. Sunlight also includes light having a wavelength of 700 nm or more, and light in the near infrared region has a heat generation effect. Since the polarizing element of the present invention absorbs very little near-infrared rays, it is excellent in that it generates less heat even when exposed to sunlight outdoors and therefore has less deterioration.
<偏光素子の作製方法>
 以下、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂製の基材にアゾ化合物を吸着させて作製する場合を例に、具体的な偏光素子の作製方法を説明する。なお、本発明の偏光素子の製造方法は、以下の製法に限定されるものではない。
<Method of manufacturing a polarizing element>
Hereinafter, a specific method for producing a polarizing element will be described by taking as an example a case where an azo compound is adsorbed on a base material made of a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin. The method for manufacturing the polarizing element of the present invention is not limited to the following manufacturing method.
(原反フィルムの準備)
 原反フィルムは、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜することにより作製することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、特に限定されず、市販のものを用いてもよいし、公知の方法で合成されたものを用いてもよい。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、例えば、ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂をケン化することにより得ることができる。ポリ酢酸ビニル系樹脂としては、酢酸ビニルの単独重合体であるポリ酢酸ビニルのほか、酢酸ビニル及びこれと共重合可能な他の単量体の共重合体などが例示される。酢酸ビニルに共重合する他の単量体としては、例えば、不飽和カルボン酸類、オレフィン類、ビニルエーテル類、及び不飽和スルホン酸類等が挙げられる。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂のケン化度は、通常85~100モル%程度であることが好ましく、95モル%以上であることがより好ましい。ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂は、さらに変性されていてもよく、例えば、アルデヒド類で変性したポリビニルホルマールやポリビニルアセタールなども使用できる。又、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂の重合度は、粘度平均重合度を意味し、当該技術分野において周知の手法によって求めることができ、通常1,000~10,000程度が好ましく、重合度1,500~6,000程度がより好ましい。
(Preparation of original film)
The raw film can be produced by forming a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and a commercially available one may be used, or one synthesized by a known method may be used. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin can be obtained, for example, by saponifying the polyvinyl acetate-based resin. Examples of the polyvinyl acetate-based resin include polyvinyl acetate, which is a homopolymer of vinyl acetate, and a copolymer of vinyl acetate and other monomers copolymerizable therewith. Examples of other monomers copolymerized with vinyl acetate include unsaturated carboxylic acids, olefins, vinyl ethers, unsaturated sulfonic acids and the like. The degree of saponification of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is usually preferably about 85 to 100 mol%, more preferably 95 mol% or more. The polyvinyl alcohol-based resin may be further modified, and for example, polyvinyl formal or polyvinyl acetal modified with aldehydes can also be used. The degree of polymerization of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin means the viscosity average degree of polymerization, and can be obtained by a method well known in the art, and is usually preferably about 1,000 to 10,000, and the degree of polymerization is 1,500 to 1,500. About 6,000 is more preferable.
 上記ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂を製膜する方法は特に限定されるものでなく、公知の方法で製膜することができる。この場合、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムには、可塑剤としてグリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、低分子量ポリエチレングリコールなどが含有されていてもよい。可塑剤の量はフィルム全量中に好ましくは5~20質量%であり、より好ましくは8~15質量%である。原反フィルムの膜厚は特に限定されないが、例えば、5μm~150μm程度が好ましく、10μm~100μm程度がより好ましい。 The method for forming the film of the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin is not particularly limited, and the film can be formed by a known method. In this case, the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film may contain glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, low molecular weight polyethylene glycol, or the like as a plasticizer. The amount of the plasticizer is preferably 5 to 20% by mass, more preferably 8 to 15% by mass in the total amount of the film. The film thickness of the raw film is not particularly limited, but is preferably about 5 μm to 150 μm, more preferably about 10 μm to 100 μm, for example.
(膨潤工程)
 以上により得られた原反フィルムに、膨潤処理を施す。膨潤処理は20~50℃の溶液に、原反フィルムを30秒から10分間浸漬させることにより行うことが好ましい。溶液は水が好ましい。延伸倍率は、1.00~1.50倍に調整することが好ましく、1.10~1.35倍に調整することがより好ましい。偏光素子を製造する時間を短縮する場合には、後述する染色処理時にも原反フィルムが膨潤するため膨潤処理を省略することもできる。
(Swelling process)
The raw film obtained as described above is subjected to a swelling treatment. The swelling treatment is preferably carried out by immersing the raw film in a solution at 20 to 50 ° C. for 30 seconds to 10 minutes. The solution is preferably water. The draw ratio is preferably adjusted to 1.00 to 1.50 times, more preferably 1.10 to 1.35 times. When the time for manufacturing the polarizing element is shortened, the swelling treatment can be omitted because the raw film swells even during the dyeing treatment described later.
(染色工程)
 染色工程では、原反フィルムを膨潤処理して得られた樹脂フィルムにアゾ化合物を吸着及び含浸させる。膨潤工程を省略した場合には、染色工程において原反フィルムの膨潤処理を同時に行うことができる。アゾ化合物を吸着及び含浸させる処理は、樹脂フィルムに着色する工程であるため、染色工程としている。
(Dyeing process)
In the dyeing step, the resin film obtained by swelling the raw film is adsorbed and impregnated with the azo compound. When the swelling step is omitted, the swelling treatment of the raw film can be performed at the same time in the dyeing step. Since the process of adsorbing and impregnating the azo compound is a step of coloring the resin film, it is a dyeing step.
 染色工程において用いるアゾ化合物としては、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物の混合物を用いる。任意に式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物をさらに用いることができる。さらに任意に非特許文献2などで例示される二色性染料であるアゾ化合物を、本発明の偏光素子の性能が損なわれない程度に用いることができる。これらのアゾ化合物は遊離酸の形態で用いるほか、当該化合物の塩を用いてもよい。そのような塩は、例えばリチウム塩、ナトリウム塩、およびカリウム塩などのアルカリ金属塩、又は、アンモニウム塩やアルキルアミン塩などの有機塩であり、好ましくは、ナトリウム塩である。 As the azo compound used in the dyeing step, an azo compound represented by the formula (1) or a mixture of the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (3) is used. Arbitrarily, the azo compound represented by the formula (4) or the azo compound represented by the formula (5) can be further used. Further, an azo compound which is a dichroic dye exemplified in Non-Patent Document 2 and the like can be optionally used to the extent that the performance of the polarizing element of the present invention is not impaired. In addition to using these azo compounds in the form of free acids, salts of the compounds may be used. Such salts are alkali metal salts such as, for example, lithium salts, sodium salts, and potassium salts, or organic salts such as ammonium salts and alkylamine salts, preferably sodium salts.
 染色工程は、色素を樹脂フィルムに吸着及び含浸させる方法であれば特に限定されないが、例えば、樹脂フィルムを染色溶液に浸漬させることにより行うことが好ましく、樹脂フィルムに染色溶液を塗布することによって行うこともできる。染色溶液中の各アゾ化合物は、例えば、0.001~10質量%の範囲内で調整することができる。 The dyeing step is not particularly limited as long as it is a method of adsorbing and impregnating the dye on the resin film, but is preferably performed by immersing the resin film in the dyeing solution, and is performed by applying the dyeing solution to the resin film. You can also do it. Each azo compound in the dyeing solution can be adjusted, for example, in the range of 0.001 to 10% by mass.
 この工程での溶液温度は、5~60℃が好ましく、20~50℃がより好ましく、35~50℃が特に好ましい。溶液に浸漬する時間は適度に調節できるが、30秒から20分で調節するのが好ましく、1~10分がより好ましい。 The solution temperature in this step is preferably 5 to 60 ° C, more preferably 20 to 50 ° C, and particularly preferably 35 to 50 ° C. The time of immersion in the solution can be appropriately adjusted, but is preferably adjusted to 30 seconds to 20 minutes, more preferably 1 to 10 minutes.
 染色溶液は、アゾ化合物に加え、染色助剤を必要に応じてさらに含んでいてもよい。染色助剤としては、炭酸ナトリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、塩化ナトリウム、硫酸ナトリウム、無水硫酸ナトリウム、及びトリポリリン酸ナトリウム等が挙げられる。染色助剤の含有量は、染料の染色性による時間および温度によって任意の濃度で調整できるが、それぞれの含有量としては、染色溶液中に0.001~5質量%が好ましく、0.01~2質量%がより好ましい。 The dyeing solution may further contain a dyeing aid, if necessary, in addition to the azo compound. Examples of the dyeing aid include sodium carbonate, sodium hydrogencarbonate, sodium chloride, sodium sulfate, anhydrous sodium sulfate, sodium tripolyphosphate and the like. The content of the dyeing aid can be adjusted at an arbitrary concentration depending on the time and temperature depending on the dyeability of the dye, but the content of each is preferably 0.001 to 5% by mass, preferably 0.01 to 0.01 in the dyeing solution. 2% by mass is more preferable.
(洗浄工程1)
 染色工程後、次の工程に入る前に洗浄工程(以下、「洗浄工程1」とも称する。)を行うことができる。染浄工程1は、染色工程で樹脂フィルムの表面に付着した染色溶液を洗浄する工程である。洗浄工程1を行うことによって、次に処理する液中に染料が移行するのを抑制することができる。洗浄工程1では、洗浄液として一般的には水が用いられる。洗浄方法は、洗浄液に浸漬することが好ましいが、洗浄液を樹脂フィルムに塗布することによって洗浄することもできる。洗浄の時間は、特に限定されないが、好ましくは1~300秒であり、より好ましくは1~60秒である。洗浄工程1での洗浄液の温度は、樹脂フィルムを構成する材料(例えば、親水性高分子、ここではポリビニルアルコール系樹脂)が溶解しない温度であることが必要となる。一般的には5~40℃で洗浄処理される。ただし、洗浄工程1の工程がなくとも、性能には問題は出ないため、洗浄工程は省略することもできる。
(Washing step 1)
After the dyeing step and before entering the next step, a washing step (hereinafter, also referred to as “cleaning step 1”) can be performed. The dyeing and cleaning step 1 is a step of cleaning the dyeing solution adhering to the surface of the resin film in the dyeing step. By performing the washing step 1, it is possible to suppress the transfer of the dye into the liquid to be treated next. In the cleaning step 1, water is generally used as the cleaning liquid. The cleaning method is preferably immersed in a cleaning liquid, but cleaning can also be performed by applying the cleaning liquid to a resin film. The washing time is not particularly limited, but is preferably 1 to 300 seconds, more preferably 1 to 60 seconds. The temperature of the cleaning liquid in the cleaning step 1 needs to be a temperature at which the material constituting the resin film (for example, a hydrophilic polymer, here, a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin) does not dissolve. Generally, it is washed at 5 to 40 ° C. However, even if there is no cleaning step 1, there is no problem in performance, so the cleaning step can be omitted.
(架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる工程)
 染色工程又は洗浄工程1の後、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる工程を行うことができる。樹脂フィルムに架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる方法は、処理溶液に浸漬することが好ましいが、処理溶液を樹脂フィルムに塗布又は塗工してもよい。処理溶液は、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を少なくとも1種と、溶媒とを含む。この工程での処理溶液の温度は、5~70℃が好ましく、5~50℃がより好ましい。この工程での処理時間は30秒~6分が好ましく、1~5分がより好ましい。
(Step of containing a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent)
After the dyeing step or the washing step 1, a step of containing a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be performed. As a method of incorporating a cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent in the resin film, it is preferable to immerse the resin film in the treatment solution, but the treatment solution may be applied or coated on the resin film. The treatment solution contains at least one cross-linking agent and / or water resistant agent and a solvent. The temperature of the treatment solution in this step is preferably 5 to 70 ° C, more preferably 5 to 50 ° C. The treatment time in this step is preferably 30 seconds to 6 minutes, more preferably 1 to 5 minutes.
 架橋剤としては、例えば、ホウ酸、ホウ砂又はホウ酸アンモニウムなどのホウ素化合物、グリオキサール又はグルタルアルデヒド等の多価アルデヒド、ビウレット型、イソシアヌレート型又はブロック型等の多価イソシアネート系化合物、チタニウムオキシサルフェイト等のチタニウム系化合物等を用いることができるが、他にもエチレングリコールグリシジルエーテル、ポリアミドエピクロルヒドリン等を用いることができる。耐水化剤としては、過酸化コハク酸、過硫酸アンモニウム、過塩素酸カルシウム、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールジグリシジルエーテル、グリセリンジグリシジルエーテル、塩化アンモニウム又は塩化マグネシウム等が挙げられるが、好ましくはホウ酸が用いられる。架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤のための溶媒としては、水が好ましいが限定されるものではない。架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤の含有濃度は、その種類に応じて当業者が適宜決定することができるが、ホウ酸を例にして示すと処理溶液中に濃度0.1~6.0質量%が好ましく、1.0~4.0質量%がより好ましい。ただし、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させることが必須でなく、時間を短縮したい場合には、架橋処理又は耐水化処理が不必要な場合には、この処理工程を省略してもよい。 Examples of the cross-linking agent include a boron compound such as boric acid, boric acid or ammonium borate, a polyvalent aldehyde such as glyoxal or glutaraldehyde, a polyvalent isocyanate compound such as biuret type, isocyanurate type or block type, and titanium oxy. Titanium-based compounds such as sulfate can be used, but ethylene glycol glycidyl ether, polyamide epichlorohydrin and the like can also be used. Examples of the water resistant agent include succinic acid peroxide, ammonium persulfate, calcium perchlorate, benzoin ethyl ether, ethylene glycol diglycidyl ether, glycerin diglycidyl ether, ammonium chloride, magnesium chloride and the like, but boric acid is preferable. Used. The solvent for the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent is preferably, but not limited to, water. The concentration of the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent can be appropriately determined by those skilled in the art depending on the type thereof, but when boric acid is taken as an example, the concentration in the treatment solution is 0.1 to 6.0 mass by mass. % Is preferable, and 1.0 to 4.0% by mass is more preferable. However, it is not essential to contain a crosslinking agent and / or a water resistant agent, and if the time is to be shortened and the crosslinking treatment or the water resistance treatment is unnecessary, this treatment step may be omitted. ..
(延伸工程)
 染色工程、洗浄工程1、又は架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる工程を行った後に、延伸工程を行う。延伸工程は、樹脂フィルムを1軸に延伸することにより行う。延伸方法は湿式延伸法又は乾式延伸法のいずれでもよい。延伸倍率は、3倍以上であることが好ましく、より好ましくは4~8倍であり、特に好ましくは5~7倍である。
(Stretching process)
After performing the dyeing step, the washing step 1, or the step of containing the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent, the stretching step is performed. The stretching step is performed by stretching the resin film uniaxially. The stretching method may be either a wet stretching method or a dry stretching method. The draw ratio is preferably 3 times or more, more preferably 4 to 8 times, and particularly preferably 5 to 7 times.
 湿式延伸法の場合には、水、水溶性有機溶剤、又はその混合溶液中で樹脂フィルムを延伸することが好ましい。架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を少なくとも1種含有する溶液中に浸漬しながら延伸処理を行うことが好ましい。架橋剤および耐水化剤としては、架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤を含有させる工程について上述したのと同じものを用いることができる。延伸工程での架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤の溶液中の濃度は、例えば、0.5~15質量%が好ましく、2.0~8.0質量%がより好ましい。延伸温度は40~60℃で処理することが好ましく、45~58℃がより好ましい。延伸時間は通常30秒~20分であるが、2~5分がより好ましい。湿式延伸工程は1段で延伸することができるが、2段以上の多段延伸により行うこともできる。 In the case of the wet stretching method, it is preferable to stretch the resin film in water, a water-soluble organic solvent, or a mixed solution thereof. It is preferable to carry out the stretching treatment while immersing in a solution containing at least one cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent. As the cross-linking agent and the water-resistant agent, the same ones as described above can be used for the step of containing the cross-linking agent and / or the water-resistant agent. The concentration of the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent in the solution in the stretching step is preferably, for example, 0.5 to 15% by mass, more preferably 2.0 to 8.0% by mass. The stretching temperature is preferably 40 to 60 ° C, more preferably 45 to 58 ° C. The stretching time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, but more preferably 2 to 5 minutes. The wet stretching step can be performed in one step, but it can also be performed by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
 乾式延伸法の場合には、延伸加熱媒体が空気媒体の場合には、空気媒体の温度が常温から180℃で樹脂フィルムを延伸するのが好ましい。又、湿度は20~95%RHの雰囲気中とすることが好ましい。加熱方法としては、例えば、ロール間ゾーン延伸法、ロール加熱延伸法、圧延伸法、および赤外線加熱延伸法等が挙げられるが、その延伸方法は限定されるものではない。延伸工程は1段で延伸することもできるが、2段以上の多段延伸により行うこともできる。 In the case of the dry stretching method, when the stretching heating medium is an air medium, it is preferable to stretch the resin film at a temperature of the air medium from room temperature to 180 ° C. Moreover, it is preferable that the humidity is in an atmosphere of 20 to 95% RH. Examples of the heating method include an inter-roll zone stretching method, a roll heating stretching method, a pressure stretching method, an infrared heating stretching method, and the like, but the stretching method is not limited. The stretching step can be carried out in one step, but can also be carried out by multi-step stretching in two or more steps.
(洗浄工程2)
 延伸工程を行った後には、樹脂フィルム表面に架橋剤及び/又は耐水化剤の析出、又は異物が付着することがあるため、樹脂フィルム表面を洗浄する洗浄工程(以下、「洗浄工程2」とも称する)を行うことができる。洗浄時間は1秒~5分が好ましい。洗浄方法は、樹脂フィルムを洗浄液に浸漬することが好ましいが、溶液を樹脂フィルムに塗布又は塗工によって洗浄することもできる。洗浄液としては、水が好ましい。1段で洗浄処理することもできるし、2段以上の多段処理をすることもできる。洗浄工程の溶液温度は、特に限定されないが通常5~50℃、好ましくは10~40℃である。
(Washing step 2)
After the stretching step, the cross-linking agent and / or the water resistant agent may precipitate on the surface of the resin film, or foreign matter may adhere to the surface of the resin film. Can be referred to). The washing time is preferably 1 second to 5 minutes. As a cleaning method, it is preferable to immerse the resin film in the cleaning liquid, but the solution can also be applied to the resin film or washed by coating. Water is preferable as the cleaning liquid. The cleaning treatment can be performed in one stage, or the multi-stage treatment in two or more stages can be performed. The solution temperature in the washing step is not particularly limited, but is usually 5 to 50 ° C, preferably 10 to 40 ° C.
 ここまでの処理工程で用いる処理液又はその溶媒としては、水の他、例えば、ジメチルスルホキシド、N-メチルピロリドン、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、イソプロピルアルコール、グリセリン、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコール、ジエチレングリコール、トリエチレングリコール、テトラエチレングリコール又はトリメチロールプロパン等のアルコール類、エチレンジアミンおよびジエチレントリアミン等のアミン類等が挙げられるが、これらに限定されるものではない。処理液又はその溶媒は、最も好ましくは水である。又、これらの処理液又はその溶媒は、1種単独で用いることもできるが、2種以上の混合物を用いることもできる。 The treatment liquid or its solvent used in the treatment steps up to this point includes water, for example, dimethylsulfoxide, N-methylpyrrolidone, methanol, ethanol, propanol, isopropyl alcohol, glycerin, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, diethylene glycol, and triethylene. Examples thereof include alcohols such as glycol, tetraethylene glycol or trimethylolpropane, and amines such as ethylenediamine and diethylenetriamine, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The treatment liquid or its solvent is most preferably water. Moreover, these treatment liquids or the solvent thereof may be used individually by 1 type, but a mixture of 2 or more types may also be used.
(乾燥工程)
 延伸工程又は洗浄工程2の後には、樹脂フィルムの乾燥工程を行う。乾燥処理は、自然乾燥により行うことができるが、より乾燥効率を高めるためにはロールによる圧縮やエアーナイフ、又は吸水ロール等による表面の水分除去等により行うことができ、及び/又は送風乾燥により行うこともできる。乾燥処理温度としては、20~100℃で処理することが好ましく、60~100℃がより好ましい。乾燥処理時間は通常30秒~20分であるが、5~10分であることが好ましい。
(Drying process)
After the stretching step or the washing step 2, a drying step of the resin film is performed. The drying treatment can be carried out by natural drying, but in order to further improve the drying efficiency, it can be carried out by compression with a roll, air knife, removal of moisture on the surface by a water absorbing roll, etc., and / or by blowing air drying. You can also do it. The drying treatment temperature is preferably 20 to 100 ° C, more preferably 60 to 100 ° C. The drying treatment time is usually 30 seconds to 20 minutes, but is preferably 5 to 10 minutes.
 偏光素子の作製方法において、膨潤工程における基材の膨潤度、染色工程における各アゾ化合物の配合比、染色溶液の温度、pH、塩化ナトリウムや芒硝、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム等の塩の種類やその濃度、及び染色時間、並びに延伸工程における延伸倍率は、本発明の偏光素子が以下の(i)~(vi)の条件の少なくとも1つを満たすように調整することが好ましく、(vii)及び(viii)の条件をさらに満たすように調整することがより好ましい。
(i)平行位透過率(Tp)について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として2.5以下であり、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として3.0である。
(ii)直交位透過率(Tc)について、AT420-480とAT520-590との差が絶対値として1.0以下であり、AT520-590とAT600-640との差が絶対値として1.0以下である。
(iii)視感度補正後の単体透過率(Ys)が35~65%である。
(iv)偏光素子単体での色度a*値及びb*値の絶対値が、ともに1.0以下である。
(v)平行位での色度a*値及びb*値において、a*値が-2.0~2.0であり、b*値が-2.0~3.0である。
(vi)直交位での色度a*値及びb*値の絶対値が、ともに2.0以下である。
(vii)平行位透過率(Tp)について、AT520-590が25~35%である。
(viii)単体透過率(Ts)又は直交位透過率(Tc)において、AT380-420とAT420-480との差が15%以下であり、AT480-520とAT420-480との差が15%以下であり、AT480-520とAT520-590と差が15%以下であり、及び/又はAT640-780とAT600-640との差が20%以下である。
In the method for producing a polarizing element, the degree of swelling of the base material in the swelling step, the compounding ratio of each azo compound in the dyeing step, the temperature of the dyeing solution, pH, the type and concentration of salts such as sodium chloride, glazed glass, sodium tripolyphosphate, etc. And the dyeing time and the stretching ratio in the stretching step are preferably adjusted so that the polarizing element of the present invention satisfies at least one of the following conditions (i) to (vi), (vii) and (viii). It is more preferable to make adjustments so as to further satisfy the above conditions.
(I) Regarding the parallel transmittance (Tp), the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 2.5 or less as an absolute value, and the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is an absolute value. As 3.0.
(Ii) Regarding the orthogonal position transmittance (Tc), the difference between AT 420-480 and AT 520-590 is 1.0 or less as an absolute value, and the difference between AT 520-590 and AT 600-640 is an absolute value. Is 1.0 or less.
(Iii) The simple substance transmittance (Ys) after the visual sensitivity correction is 35 to 65%.
(Iv) The absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value of the polarizing element alone are both 1.0 or less.
(V) In the chromaticity a * value and b * value in the parallel position, the a * value is −2.0 to 2.0 and the b * value is −2.0 to 3.0.
(Vi) The absolute values of the chromaticity a * value and the b * value at the orthogonal position are both 2.0 or less.
(Vii) AT 520-590 is 25 to 35% with respect to the parallel transmittance (Tp).
(Viii) The difference between AT 380-420 and AT 420-480 is 15% or less in the simple substance transmittance (Ts) or the orthogonal position transmittance (Tc), and the difference between AT 480-520 and AT 420-480 . Is 15% or less, the difference between AT 480-520 and AT 520-590 is 15% or less, and / or the difference between AT 640-780 and AT 600-640 is 20% or less.
 以上の方法により、式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物と、式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物の組合せ、又は任意に式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物の組合せを含む偏光素子を製造することができる。 By the above method, the azo compound represented by the formula (1) or the combination of the azo compound represented by the formula (2) and the azo compound represented by the formula (3), or optionally represented by the formula (4). It is possible to manufacture a polarizing element containing the azo compound to be used or a combination of the azo compounds represented by the formula (5).
<偏光板>
 本発明の偏光板は、偏光素子と、該偏光素子の片面又は両面に設けられた透明保護層とを備える。透明保護層は、偏光素子の耐水性や取扱性の向上等を目的として設けられる。
<Polarizer>
The polarizing plate of the present invention includes a polarizing element and a transparent protective layer provided on one side or both sides of the polarizing element. The transparent protective layer is provided for the purpose of improving the water resistance and handleability of the polarizing element.
 上記透明保護層は、透明物質を用いて形成された保護フィルムである。保護フィルムは、偏光素子の形状を維持できる層形状を有するフィルムであり、透明性や機械的強度、熱安定性、水分遮蔽性等に優れるプラスチック等が好ましい。これと同等な層を形成することで同等な機能を設けることでもよい。保護フィルムを構成するプラスチックの一例としては、ポリエステル系樹脂、アセテート系樹脂、ポリエーテルスルホン系樹脂、ポリカーボネート系樹脂、ポリアミド系樹脂、ポリイミド系樹脂、ポリオレフィン系樹脂およびアクリル系樹脂等の熱可塑性樹脂、アクリル系、ウレタン系、アクリルウレタン系、エポキシ系及びシリコーン系等の熱硬化性樹脂又は紫外線硬化性樹脂などから得られるフィルムが挙げられる。これらのうちポリオレフィン系樹脂としては、非晶性ポリオレフィン系樹脂であってノルボルネ系モノマー又は多環状ノルボルネン系モノマーのような環状ポリオレフィンの重合単位を有する樹脂が挙げられる。一般的に、保護フィルムをラミネートした後に偏光素子の性能を阻害しない保護フィルムを選択することが好ましく、そのような保護フィルムとして、セルロースアセテート系樹脂よりなるトリアセチルセルロース(TAC)及びノルボルネンが特に好ましい。又、保護フィルムは、本発明の効果を損なわない限り、ハードコート処理や反射防止処理、スティッキングの防止や拡散、アンチグレア等を目的とした処理などを施したものであってもよい。透明保護層の厚さは10~200μmであることが好ましい。 The transparent protective layer is a protective film formed by using a transparent substance. The protective film is a film having a layered shape capable of maintaining the shape of the polarizing element, and plastic or the like having excellent transparency, mechanical strength, thermal stability, moisture shielding property, etc. is preferable. Equivalent functions may be provided by forming a layer equivalent to this. Examples of plastics constituting the protective film include thermoplastic resins such as polyester resins, acetate resins, polyether sulfone resins, polycarbonate resins, polyamide resins, polyimide resins, polyolefin resins and acrylic resins. Examples thereof include a film obtained from a thermosetting resin such as acrylic, urethane, acrylic urethane, epoxy and silicone, or an ultraviolet curable resin. Among these, examples of the polyolefin-based resin include an amorphous polyolefin-based resin having a polymerization unit of a cyclic polyolefin such as a norbornene-based monomer or a polycyclic norbornene-based monomer. In general, it is preferable to select a protective film that does not impair the performance of the polarizing element after laminating the protective film, and as such a protective film, triacetyl cellulose (TAC) made of a cellulose acetate resin and norbornene are particularly preferable. .. Further, the protective film may be subjected to a hard coat treatment, an antireflection treatment, a sticking prevention / diffusion treatment, an antiglare treatment, or the like, as long as the effect of the present invention is not impaired. The thickness of the transparent protective layer is preferably 10 to 200 μm.
 本発明の偏光板は、透明保護層と偏光素子との間に、透明保護層を偏光素子と貼り合わせるための接着剤層をさらに備えることが好ましい。接着剤層を構成する接着剤としては特に限定されない。例えば、ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤、ウレタンエマルジョン系接着剤、アクリル系接着剤、及びポリエステルーイソシアネート系接着剤などが挙げられ、ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤が好ましい。ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤として、例えば、ゴーセノールNH-26(日本合成社製)およびエクセバールRS-2117(クラレ社製)等が挙げられるが、これに限定されるものではない。接着剤には、架橋剤および/又は耐水化剤を添加することができる。ポリビニルアルコール系接着剤としては、無水マレイン酸-イソブチレン共重合体を用いることが好ましく、必要により架橋剤を混合した接着剤を用いることができる。無水マレイン酸-イソブチレン共重合体としては、例えば、イソバン#18(クラレ社製)、イソバン#04(クラレ社製)、アンモニア変性イソバン#104(クラレ社製)、アンモニア変性イソバン#110(クラレ社製)、イミド化イソバン#304(クラレ社製)、及びイミド化イソバン#310(クラレ社製)等が挙げられる。その際の架橋剤には水溶性多価エポキシ化合物を用いることができる。水溶性多価エポキシ化合物としては、例えば、デナコールEX-521(ナガセケムテック社製)およびテトラット-C(三井ガス化学社製)等が挙げられる。又、ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂以外の接着剤として、ウレタン系、アクリル系、エポキシ系といった公知の接着剤を用いることも出来る。特に、アセトアセチル基変性されたポリビニルアルコールを用いることが好ましく、さらにはその架橋剤として、多価アルデヒドを用いることが好ましい。又、接着剤の接着力の向上又は耐水性の向上を目的として、亜鉛化合物、塩化物、及びヨウ化物等の添加物を単独で又は同時に0.1~10質量%程度の濃度で含有させることもできる。接着剤への添加物は、特に限定されず、当業者が適宜選択することができる。透明保護層と偏光素子とを接着剤で貼り合せた後、適切な温度で乾燥又は熱処理を行うことによって偏光板を得ることができる。 It is preferable that the polarizing plate of the present invention further includes an adhesive layer for adhering the transparent protective layer to the polarizing element between the transparent protective layer and the polarizing element. The adhesive constituting the adhesive layer is not particularly limited. For example, a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, a urethane emulsion-based adhesive, an acrylic-based adhesive, a polyester-isocyanate-based adhesive, and the like can be mentioned, and a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive is preferable. Examples of the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive include, but are not limited to, Gosenol NH-26 (manufactured by Nippon Synthetic Co., Ltd.) and Exevar RS-2117 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.). A cross-linking agent and / or a water resistant agent can be added to the adhesive. As the polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, it is preferable to use a maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer, and if necessary, an adhesive mixed with a cross-linking agent can be used. Examples of the maleic anhydride-isobutylene copolymer include Isovan # 18 (manufactured by Kuraray), Isoban # 04 (manufactured by Kuraray), Ammonia-modified Isovan # 104 (manufactured by Kuraray), and Ammonia-modified Isovan # 110 (manufactured by Kuraray). ), Imidized Isovan # 304 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.), Imidized Isovan # 310 (manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) and the like. A water-soluble polyvalent epoxy compound can be used as the cross-linking agent at that time. Examples of the water-soluble polyvalent epoxy compound include Denacol EX-521 (manufactured by Nagase Chemtech) and Tetrat-C (manufactured by Mitsui Gas Chemicals Co., Ltd.). Further, as an adhesive other than the polyvinyl alcohol-based resin, known adhesives such as urethane-based, acrylic-based, and epoxy-based adhesives can also be used. In particular, it is preferable to use polyvinyl alcohol modified with an acetoacetyl group, and it is more preferable to use a polyhydric aldehyde as a cross-linking agent thereof. In addition, for the purpose of improving the adhesive strength or water resistance of the adhesive, additives such as zinc compounds, chlorides, and iodides should be contained alone or simultaneously at a concentration of about 0.1 to 10% by mass. You can also. Additives to the adhesive are not particularly limited and can be appropriately selected by those skilled in the art. A polarizing plate can be obtained by bonding the transparent protective layer and the polarizing element with an adhesive and then drying or heat-treating at an appropriate temperature.
 本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、例えば液晶、有機エレクトロルミネッセンス(通称、OLED又はOEL)等の表示装置に貼り合わせる場合、後に非露出面となる保護層又はフィルムの表面に視野角改善及び/又はコントラスト改善のための各種機能性層、輝度向上性を有する層又はフィルムを設けることもできる。各種機能性層は、例えば、位相差を制御する層又はフィルムである。偏光板は、これらのフィルムや表示装置に、粘着剤により貼り合わされることが好ましい。位相差板を貼付することにより、本発明の偏光板を楕円偏光板として使用することもできる。偏光板は、これらのフィルムや表示装置に、粘着剤により貼り合わされることが好ましい。 When the polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is attached to a display device such as a liquid crystal display or an organic electroluminescence (commonly known as OLED or OEL), the viewing angle is improved and / on the surface of a protective layer or film which will later become an unexposed surface. Alternatively, various functional layers for improving contrast, and a layer or film having brightness improving property may be provided. The various functional layers are, for example, a layer or a film for controlling the phase difference. The polarizing plate is preferably attached to these films or display devices with an adhesive. By attaching a retardation plate, the polarizing plate of the present invention can also be used as an elliptical polarizing plate. The polarizing plate is preferably attached to these films or display devices with an adhesive.
 本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、その透明保護層又はフィルムの露出面に、AR層(反射防止層)、防眩層、及びハードコート層等の公知の各種機能性層を備えていてもよい。この各種機能性を有する層を作製するには塗工方法が好ましいが、その機能を有するフィルムを接着剤又は粘着剤を介して貼合せることもできる。 The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention may be provided with various known functional layers such as an AR layer (antireflection layer), an antiglare layer, and a hard coat layer on the transparent protective layer or the exposed surface of the film. good. A coating method is preferable for producing layers having various functions, but a film having the functions can also be bonded via an adhesive or an adhesive.
 上記ハードコート層としては、例えばアクリル系やポリシロキサン系、ウレタン系などのハードコート層などの保護層等が挙げられる。また、上記AR層により、単板光透過率のさらなる向上が期待できる。AR層は、例えば二酸化珪素、酸化チタン等の物質をコーティング、蒸着又はスパッタリング処理によって形成することができ、またフッ素系物質を薄く塗布することにより形成することができる。 Examples of the hard coat layer include a protective layer such as an acrylic-based, polysiloxane-based, or urethane-based hard coat layer. Further, the AR layer can be expected to further improve the light transmittance of the single plate. The AR layer can be formed by coating, vapor deposition, or sputtering a substance such as silicon dioxide or titanium oxide, or by applying a thin coat of a fluorine-based substance.
 本発明の偏光板は、高い透過率及び高い偏光度を有し、さらには高い透過率及び高い偏光度を有しながらも無彩色性を実現することができ、特に、白表示時に高品位な紙のような白色を表現でき、かつ、黒表示時にニュートラルな黒色を表現し得る、高耐久性の偏光板となる。 The polarizing plate of the present invention has high transmittance and high degree of polarization, and can realize achromaticity while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization, and is particularly high quality when displayed in white. It is a highly durable polarizing plate that can express white color like paper and can express neutral black color when displayed in black.
<表示装置>
 本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、必要に応じて保護層又は機能層およびガラス、水晶、サファイア等の透明な支持体等を設け、液晶プロジェクター、電卓、時計、ノートパソコン、ワープロ、液晶テレビ、偏光レンズ、偏光メガネ、カーナビゲーション、および屋内外の計測器や表示器等に適用される。
<Display device>
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is provided with a protective layer or a functional layer and a transparent support such as glass, crystal, or sapphire, if necessary, and is provided with a liquid crystal projector, a calculator, a clock, a notebook computer, a word processor, a liquid crystal television, or the like. It is applied to polarized lenses, polarized glasses, car navigation systems, and indoor and outdoor measuring instruments and displays.
 特に、本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、液晶表示装置、例えば、反射型液晶表示装置、半透過型液晶表示装置、及び液晶表示装置以外でも有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等に好適に用いられる。本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板を備える液晶表示装置は、高品位な紙のような白色およびニュートラルな黒色を表現することができる。さらに、該液晶表示装置は、高耐久性を有し信頼性が高く、長期的に高コントラストで、かつ、高い色再現性を有する液晶表示装置になる。 In particular, the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention is suitably used for a liquid crystal display device, for example, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, and an organic electroluminescence other than the liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white and neutral black. Further, the liquid crystal display device is a liquid crystal display device having high durability, high reliability, high contrast in the long term, and high color reproducibility.
 以下、実施例により本発明をさらに詳細に説明するが、本発明はこれらによって限定されるものではない。例中にある%は、特にことわらないかぎり質量基準である。 Hereinafter, the present invention will be described in more detail by way of examples, but the present invention is not limited thereto. The% in the example is based on mass unless otherwise specified.
[合成例1]
(工程1)
 市販品として入手可能なN-アセチル-1,4-フェニレンジアミン15.0部を水200部に加え攪拌したのち、35%塩酸42部と40%亜硝酸ナトリウム17.3部を加え、1時間攪拌することでジアゾ化した。次に、1,8-ジヒドロキシナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸32.0部を水200部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で弱アルカリ性として溶解した。この液に、先に得られたジアゾ液をpH6.5~8.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。続いて、得られた反応液をpH0.0~0.5において90℃~99℃で5時間攪拌し加水分解反応を行ったのち、析出した固体を濾別することによって式(13)で示されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ150部を得た。
[Synthesis Example 1]
(Step 1)
After adding 15.0 parts of commercially available N-acetyl-1,4-phenylenediamine to 200 parts of water and stirring, 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid and 17.3 parts of 40% sodium nitrite were added for 1 hour. Diazotization was performed by stirring. Next, 32.0 parts of 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid was added to 200 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as weakly alkaline. The previously obtained diazo solution was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 6.5 to 8.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Subsequently, the obtained reaction solution was stirred at pH 0.0 to 0.5 at 90 ° C. to 99 ° C. for 5 hours to carry out a hydrolysis reaction, and then the precipitated solid was filtered off to be represented by the formula (13). We obtained 150 parts of a wet cake of the monoazo compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000082
(工程2)
 得られた式(13)で表されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ150部を水300部に加え攪拌し懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えた。得られた水溶液を水200部と35%塩酸42部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。得られたジアゾ液に2,5-ジメトキシアニリン15.3部を加え、15%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液でpH1.5~4.0に保って8時間攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して式(14)で示されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ200部を得た。
(Step 2)
150 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (13) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 15.3 parts of 2,5-dimethoxyaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (14).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000083
(工程3)
 得られた式(14)で表されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ200部を水500部に加え攪拌し懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸42部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を水300部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で弱アルカリ性として溶解した。この液に、先に得られたジアゾ液をpH6.5~8.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して乾燥することにより化合物例3-8で示されるアゾ化合物8.0部を得た。
(Step 3)
200 parts of the obtained wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (14) was added to 500 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid was added to 300 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as weakly alkaline. The previously obtained diazo solution was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 6.5 to 8.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride, filtered and dried to obtain 8.0 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-8.
[実施例1]
 ケン化度99%以上であり、平均重合度2400のポリビニルアルコールフィルム(クラレ社製 VF-PS#7500)を40℃の温水に3分浸漬し、膨潤処理を適用し延伸倍率を1.30倍にて延伸処理を行った。得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(2)のアゾ化合物である特開2002-275381 式(7)に記載のアゾ化合物を0.36質量部、合成例1で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-8を0.22質量部、を含有し45℃に調整した染色液に8分間浸漬して、前記フィルムにアゾ化合物を含有させた。得られたフィルムをホウ酸(富士フイルム和光純薬社製)20g/lを含有した40℃の水溶液に1分浸漬した。浸漬後のフィルムを、5.0倍に延伸しながら、ホウ酸30.0g/lを含有した50℃の水溶液中で5分間の延伸処理を行った。得られたフィルムを、その緊張状態を保ちつつ、25℃の水に20秒間浸漬させることにより洗浄処理した。洗浄後のフィルムを70℃で9分間乾燥させ、偏光素子を得た。この偏光素子に対して、ポリビニルアルコール(日本酢ビポバール社製 NH-26)を4%で水に溶解したものを接着剤として用いて、アルカリ処理したトリアセチルセルロースフィルム(富士フイルム社製 ZRD-60)をラミネートして偏光板を得た。得られた偏光板は上記偏光素子が有していた光学性能、特に各波長の単体透過率、各波長の平行位透過率、各波長の直交位透過率、色相、偏光度等を維持していた。この偏光板を実施例1の測定試料とした。
[Example 1]
A polyvinyl alcohol film (VF-PS # 7500 manufactured by Kuraray Co., Ltd.) having a saponification degree of 99% or more and an average degree of polymerization of 2400 was immersed in warm water at 40 ° C. for 3 minutes, and a swelling treatment was applied to increase the stretching ratio by 1.30 times. Was stretched. The obtained film is obtained from 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the azo compound of the formula (2), which is the azo compound of JP-A-2002-275381 (7). Immerse the compound in a staining solution containing 0.36 parts by mass and 0.22 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-8, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 1, and adjusted to 45 ° C. for 8 minutes. Then, the azo compound was contained in the film. The obtained film was immersed in an aqueous solution at 40 ° C. containing 20 g / l of boric acid (manufactured by Wako Pure Chemical Industries, Ltd.) for 1 minute. The film after immersion was stretched 5.0 times in an aqueous solution at 50 ° C. containing 30.0 g / l of boric acid for 5 minutes. The obtained film was washed by immersing it in water at 25 ° C. for 20 seconds while maintaining its tension. The washed film was dried at 70 ° C. for 9 minutes to obtain a polarizing element. An alkali-treated triacetyl cellulose film (ZRD-60 manufactured by Fujifilm Co., Ltd.) using polyvinyl alcohol (NH-26 manufactured by Japan Vam & Poval Co., Ltd.) dissolved in water at 4% of this polarizing element as an adhesive. ) Was laminated to obtain a polarizing plate. The obtained polarizing plate maintains the optical performance of the above-mentioned polarizing element, particularly the single transmittance of each wavelength, the parallel position transmittance of each wavelength, the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength, the hue, the degree of polarization and the like. rice field. This polarizing plate was used as the measurement sample of Example 1.
[合成例2]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を1-ヒドロキシ-6-(4-メトキシフェニルアミノ)-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸34.5部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-10で示されるアゾ化合物8.0部得た。
[Synthesis Example 2]
Changed 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 to 34.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6- (4-methoxyphenylamino) -3-naphthalene sulfonic acid. In the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1, 8.0 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-10 was obtained.
[実施例2]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、非特許文献1の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-102を0.37質量部、合成例2で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-10を0.26質量部、WO2007/138980の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-1を0.27質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 2]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of Non-Patent Document 1 with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the formula (2). Compound Example 2-102, which is an azo compound of the above, by 0.37 parts by mass, Compound Example 3-10, which is an azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, by 0.26 parts by mass, WO2007 / 138980. Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the method according to the above was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.27 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
[合成例3]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を1-ヒドロキシ-6-(4-アミノベンゾイルアミノ)-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸35.8部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-31で示されるアゾ化合物11.0部得た。
[Synthesis Example 3]
Changed 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 to 35.8 parts of 1-hydroxy-6- (4-aminobenzoylamino) -3-naphthalene sulfonic acid. 11.0 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-31 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1.
[実施例3]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(1)のアゾ化合物である化合物例1-13(WO2016/186194号公報 (28)のアゾ化合物)0.21質量部、合成例3で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-31を0.26質量部、WO2007/138980の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-1を0.25質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 3]
Compound Example 1-13 (WO2016 / WO2016 / 186194 (28) Azo compound) 0.21 part by mass, compound example 3-31 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 3 is 0.26 part by mass, according to the production method of WO2007 / 138980. Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the same method was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
[合成例4]
 合成例1の工程1の1,8-ジヒドロキシナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸32.0部を1-ヒドロキシ-8-メトキシナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸33.4部に変更し、合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を1-ヒドロキシ-6-(2,4-ジメトキシフェニルアミノ)-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸37.5部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-15で示されるアゾ化合物12.0部得た。
[Synthesis Example 4]
Synthetic Example by changing 32.0 parts of 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid in step 1 of Synthesis Example 1 to 33.4 parts of 1-hydroxy-8-methoxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid. Changed 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of 1 to 37.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6- (2,4-dimethoxyphenylamino) -3-naphthalene sulfonic acid. 12.0 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-15 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1.
[実施例4]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、非特許文献1の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)に記載のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-29を0.21質量部、合成例4で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-15を0.28質量部、WO2007/138980の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-1を0.25質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 4]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of Non-Patent Document 1 with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the formula (2). 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-29, which is the azo compound described in the above, 0.28 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-15, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 4, WO2007 / 138980. Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by a method according to the above-mentioned production method was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
[合成例5]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を下記式(15)示す化合物34.4部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-32で示されるアゾ化合物11.3部得た。
[Synthesis Example 5]
The compound was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalenesulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 was changed to 34.4 parts of the compound represented by the following formula (15). 11.3 parts of the azo compound shown in Example 3-32 was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000084
[実施例5]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(2)のアゾ化合物であるC.I.Direct Red 117(化合物例2-6)0.18質量部、合成例5で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-32を0.30質量部、WO2007/138980の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-1を0.25質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 5]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was obtained by adding 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous sodium sulfate, and C.I. I. Direct Red 117 (Compound Example 2-6) 0.18 parts by mass, Compound Example 3-32, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 5, was added to 0.30 parts by mass in the production method of WO2007 / 138980. Compound Example 4-1 which is an azo compound of the formula (4) obtained by the same method was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
[実施例6]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開平8-291259号公報の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-77を0.27質量部、合成例2で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-10を0.28質量部、式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-2(WO2007/138980 合成例1に記載のアゾ化合物)0.22質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 6]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.27 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-77, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.28 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-10, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2. 4) The azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.22 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980) for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
[合成例6]
 合成例1の工程1の1,8-ジヒドロキシナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸32.0部を1-ヒドロキシナフタレン-3,6-ジスルホン酸30.4部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-7で示されるアゾ化合物13.5部得た。
[Synthesis Example 6]
Same as Synthesis Example 1 except that 32.0 parts of 1,8-dihydroxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid in step 1 of Synthesis Example 1 was changed to 30.4 parts of 1-hydroxynaphthalene-3,6-disulfonic acid. Then, 13.5 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-7 was obtained.
[実施例7]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開平8-291259号公報の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-70を0.23質量部、合成例6で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-7を0.29質量部、式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-2(WO2007/138980 合成例1に記載のアゾ化合物)0.24質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 7]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.23 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-70, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.29 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-7, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 6. 4) The azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.24 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980) for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
[合成例7]
(工程1)
 合成例1の工程1の式(13)で表されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ150部を水300部に加え攪拌し懸濁させ25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えた。得られた水溶液を水200部と35%塩酸42部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。得られたジアゾ液に2,5-ジメチルアニリン12.1部を加え、15%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液でpH1.5~4.0に保って8時間攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して式(16)で示されるジスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ200部を得た。
[Synthesis Example 7]
(Step 1)
150 parts of the wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (13) in step 1 of Synthesis Example 1 was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% thereof. 17.3 parts of an aqueous sodium nitrite solution was added. The obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 12.1 parts of 2,5-dimethylaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the disuazo compound represented by the formula (16).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000085
(工程2)
 得られた式(16)で表されるモノアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ150部を水300部に加え攪拌し懸濁させ25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えた。得られた水溶液を水200部と35%塩酸42部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。得られたジアゾ液に2,5-ジメトキシアニリン15.3部を加え、15%炭酸ナトリウム水溶液でpH1.5~4.0に保って8時間攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して式(17)で示されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ200部を得た。
(Step 2)
150 parts of the obtained wet cake of the monoazo compound represented by the formula (16) was added to 300 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and a 40% sodium nitrite aqueous solution was added thereto. 17.3 parts were added. The obtained aqueous solution was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 200 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. 15.3 parts of 2,5-dimethoxyaniline was added to the obtained diazo solution, and the mixture was stirred with 15% sodium carbonate aqueous solution at pH 1.5 to 4.0 for 8 hours to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride and then filtered to obtain 200 parts of a wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the formula (17).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000086
(工程3)
 得られた式(17)で表されるトリスアゾ化合物のウエットケーキ200部を水500部に加え攪拌し懸濁させ、25%水酸化ナトリウムを用いてpH9.0とし、そこに40%亜硝酸ナトリウム水溶液17.3部を加えた。得られた懸濁液を水100部と35%塩酸42部の混合液に滴下し、ジアゾ液を調製した。一方、1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を水300部に加え、25%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で弱アルカリ性として溶解した。この液に、先に得られたジアゾ液をpH6.5~8.0に保って滴下し、攪拌してカップリング反応を完結させた。その後、塩化ナトリウムで塩析させた後、濾過して乾燥することにより化合物例3-42で示されるアゾ化合物 11.0部を得た。
(Step 3)
200 parts of the obtained wet cake of the trisazo compound represented by the formula (17) was added to 500 parts of water, stirred and suspended, and the pH was adjusted to 9.0 using 25% sodium hydroxide, and 40% sodium nitrite was added thereto. 17.3 parts of aqueous solution was added. The obtained suspension was added dropwise to a mixed solution of 100 parts of water and 42 parts of 35% hydrochloric acid to prepare a diazo solution. On the other hand, 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid was added to 300 parts of water and dissolved in a 25% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution as weakly alkaline. The previously obtained diazo solution was added dropwise to this solution at a pH of 6.5 to 8.0, and the mixture was stirred to complete the coupling reaction. Then, it was salted out with sodium chloride, filtered and dried to obtain 11.0 part of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-42.
[実施例8]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(1)のアゾ化合物である化合物例1-23(WO2016/186194号公報 式(54)のアゾ化合物)0.21質量部、式(3)のアゾ化合物である合成例7で得られた化合物例3-42を0.35質量部、式(4)のアゾ化合物である化合物例4-2(WO2007/138980 合成例1に記載のアゾ化合物)0.26質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 8]
Compound Example 1-23 (WO2016 / WO2016 / No. 186194 (Azo compound of formula (54)) 0.21 parts by mass, compound example 3-42 obtained in Synthesis Example 7 which is an azo compound of formula (3) is 0.35 parts by mass, of formula (4). It was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 4-2 (the azo compound described in Synthesis Example 1 of WO2007 / 138980), which is an azo compound, for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1.
[合成例8]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を下記式(18)示す化合物55.1部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-35で示されるアゾ化合物6.2部得た。
[Synthesis Example 8]
The compound was prepared in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 was changed to 55.1 parts of the compound represented by the following formula (18). 6.2 parts of the azo compound shown in Example 3-35 were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000087
[実施例9]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開平8-291259号公報の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-95を0.26質量部、式(3)のアゾ化合物である合成例8で得られた化合物例3-35を0.37質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-88(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-B83に記載のアゾ化合物)0.25質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 9]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-95 which is the azo compound of (2), 0.37 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-35 obtained in Synthesis Example 8 which is the azo compound of the formula (3). The azo compound was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-88 (the azo compound described in WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B83), which is the azo compound of 5), for 8 minutes. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
[実施例10]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開平8-291259号公報の製法に準ずる方法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-70を0.23質量部、合成例1で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-8を0.26質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-88(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-B83に記載のアゾ化合物)0.25質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 10]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a method according to the production method of JP-A-8-291259, which was 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass. 0.23 parts by mass of Compound Example 2-70, which is the azo compound of (2), 0.26 parts by mass of Compound Example 3-8, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 1. The azo compound was treated with a dyeing solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.25 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-88 (the azo compound described in WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B83), which is the azo compound of 5), for 8 minutes. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
[合成例9]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を1-ヒドロキシ-6-メチルアミノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸25.3部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-36で示されるアゾ化合物9.2部を得た。
[Synthesis Example 9]
Synthesis Example except that 31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 was changed to 25.3 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-methylamino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid. In the same manner as in No. 1, 9.2 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-36 was obtained.
[実施例11]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(1)のアゾ化合物である化合物例1-13(WO2016/186194号公報 式(28)のアゾ化合物)0.25質量部、合成例9で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-36を0.24質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-3(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-A4に記載のアゾ化合物)0.22質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 11]
Compound Example 1-13 (WO2016 / WO2016 / 186194 parts by mass of the azo compound of the formula (28), 0.24 parts by mass of the compound example 3-36 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 9 and the formula (5). The compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.22 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-3 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-A4), which is an azo compound, for 8 minutes to contain the azo compound. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except for the above.
[合成例10]
 合成例1の工程3の1-ヒドロキシ-6-アニリノ-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸31.5部を1-ヒドロキシ-6-(2,4-ジメトキシフェニルアミノ)-3-ナフタレンスルホン酸37.5部に変更した以外は合成例1と同様にして、化合物例3-14で示されるアゾ化合物8.9部得た。
[Synthesis Example 10]
31.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6-anilino-3-naphthalene sulfonic acid in step 3 of Synthesis Example 1 and 37.5 parts of 1-hydroxy-6- (2,4-dimethoxyphenylamino) -3-naphthalene sulfonic acid 8.9 parts of the azo compound shown in Compound Example 3-14 was obtained in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the mixture was changed to.
[実施例12]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開2002-275381号公報の製法に準ずる製法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-103を0.30質量部、合成例10で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-14を0.29質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-84(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-B64に記載のアゾ化合物)0.21質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 12]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a production method according to 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the manufacturing method of JP-A-2002-275381. Compound Example 2-103, which is the azo compound of (2), is 0.30 parts by mass, and Compound Example 3-14, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, is 0.29 parts by mass. The azo compound was treated with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-84 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B64) which is the azo compound of 5) for 8 minutes. A polarizing plate was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it was contained.
[実施例13]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-59(WO2012/108169号公報 化合物例 式(17))0.29質量部、合成例2で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-10を0.29質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-84(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-B64に記載のアゾ化合物)0.21質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 13]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was compounded with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and Compound Example 2-59 (WO2012 / Publication No. 108169 Compound Example (17) 0.29 parts by mass, Compound Example 3-10, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 2, 0.29 parts by mass, azo of the formula (5) Treatment with a staining solution at 45 ° C. containing 0.21 parts by mass of Compound Example 5-84 (the azo compound according to WO2019 / 124161 Compound Example 1-B64), which is a compound, for 8 minutes, except that the azo compound was contained. Made a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1.
[実施例14]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、特開2002-275381号公報の製法に準ずる製法で得られた式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-103を0.30質量部、合成例10で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-14を0.29質量部、式(5)のアゾ化合物である化合物例5-84(WO2019/124161 化合物例1-B64に記載のアゾ化合物)と同色成分であるC.I.Direct Orange 72を0.20質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 14]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was prepared by a production method according to 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and the production method of JP-A-2002-275381. Compound Example 2-103, which is the azo compound of (2), is 0.30 parts by mass, and Compound Example 3-14, which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 10, is 0.29 parts by mass. 5) The C.I. I. The Direct Orange 72 was treated with a staining solution containing 0.20 parts by mass at 45 ° C. for 8 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that it contained an azo compound.
[実施例15]
 膨潤処理を適用し得られたフィルムを、水1500質量部、トリポリリン酸ナトリウム1.5質量部、無水芒硝1.5質量部、式(2)のアゾ化合物である化合物例2-26(WO2005/075572 式(4)に記載のアゾ化合物)0.22質量部、合成例6で得られた式(3)のアゾ化合物である化合物例3-7を0.29質量部、C.I.Direct Yellow 12を0.30質量部、を含有した45℃の染色液で8分間処理し、アゾ化合物を含有させた以外は実施例1と同様にして偏光板を作製した。
[Example 15]
The film obtained by applying the swelling treatment was compounded with 1500 parts by mass of water, 1.5 parts by mass of sodium tripolyphosphate, 1.5 parts by mass of anhydrous brazing glass, and compound example 2-26 (WO2005 / WO2005 /) which is an azo compound of the formula (2). 075572 The azo compound of the formula (4)) 0.22 parts by mass, the compound example 3-7 which is the azo compound of the formula (3) obtained in Synthesis Example 6 was 0.29 parts by mass, C.I. I. The Direct Yellow 12 was treated with a staining solution containing 0.30 parts by mass at 45 ° C. for 8 minutes to prepare a polarizing plate in the same manner as in Example 1 except that the azo compound was contained.
[比較例1]
 一般的な染料系偏光板として、ニュートラルグレー色を有するポラテクノ社製の高透過率染料系偏光板SHC-115を入手し、測定試料とした。
[Comparative Example 1]
As a general dye-based polarizing plate, a high-transmittance dye-based polarizing plate SHC-115 manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd., which has a neutral gray color, was obtained and used as a measurement sample.
[比較例2]
 一般的な染料系偏光板として、ニュートラルグレー色の、高コントラストを有するポラテクノ社製の染料系偏光板SHC-128を入手し、測定試料とした。
[Comparative Example 2]
As a general dye-based polarizing plate, a neutral gray-colored, high-contrast dye-based polarizing plate SHC-128 manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd. was obtained and used as a measurement sample.
[比較例3~8]
 特許文献9の比較例1に記載の製造方法に従い、ヨウ素含有時間を、比較例3において5分30秒間、比較例4において4分45秒間、比較例5において4分15秒間、比較例6において3分30秒間、比較例7において4分00秒間、及び、比較例8において5分15秒間に変更した以外は同様の方法により、アゾ化合物を含まないヨウ素系偏光板を作製し、測定試料とした。
[Comparative Examples 3 to 8]
According to the production method described in Comparative Example 1 of Patent Document 9, the iodine content time was set to 5 minutes and 30 seconds in Comparative Example 3, 4 minutes and 45 seconds in Comparative Example 4, 4 minutes and 15 seconds in Comparative Example 5, and in Comparative Example 6. An iodine-based polarizing plate containing no azo compound was prepared by the same method except that the changes were made for 3 minutes and 30 seconds, in Comparative Example 7 for 4 minutes and 00 seconds, and in Comparative Example 8 for 5 minutes and 15 seconds. bottom.
[比較例9]
 平行位においてペーパーホワイト色を示すポラテクノ社製のヨウ素系偏光板SKW-18245Pを入手し、測定試料とした。
[Comparative Example 9]
An iodine-based polarizing plate SKW-18245P manufactured by Polatechno Co., Ltd., which shows a paper white color in a parallel position, was obtained and used as a measurement sample.
[比較例10~11]
 実施例1において、アゾ化合物を含有する水溶液(染色液)を特許文献3の実施例1に記載の組成とし、それぞれの染色時間を6分、5分に変更した以外は同様にして、後述する単体透過率が約41%になるように、膨潤したフィルムを水溶液に浸漬する時間を調整しアゾ化合物を含有させて、それぞれ比較例10、比較例11の偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Examples 10 to 11]
In Example 1, the aqueous solution (staining solution) containing the azo compound has the composition described in Example 1 of Patent Document 3, and the same applies to the following except that the respective staining times are changed to 6 minutes and 5 minutes, which will be described later. The polarizing plates of Comparative Example 10 and Comparative Example 11 were prepared by adjusting the time for immersing the swollen film in the aqueous solution so that the simple substance transmittance was about 41% and containing the azo compound, respectively.
[比較例12]
 染料系偏光板に関する特許文献8の実施例1に記載の偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 12]
The polarizing plate described in Example 1 of Patent Document 8 relating to a dye-based polarizing plate was produced.
[比較例13]
 染料系偏光板に関する特許文献9の実施例3に記載の偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 13]
The polarizing plate described in Example 3 of Patent Document 9 relating to a dye-based polarizing plate was produced.
[比較例14]
 染料系偏光板に関する特許文献10の実施例1に記載の偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 14]
The polarizing plate described in Example 1 of Patent Document 10 relating to a dye-based polarizing plate was produced.
[比較例15]
 染料系偏光板に関する特許文献11の実施例15(No.1)に記載の偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 15]
The polarizing plate described in Example 15 (No. 1) of Patent Document 11 relating to a dye-based polarizing plate was produced.
[比較例16]
 実施例10において、化合物例2-70のアゾ化合物に代えて、同系色の二色性を有するC.I.Direct Red 80を用い、得られる偏光素子が同等の単体透過率になるように染色液を作製し、アゾ化合物を偏光素子に含有させた以外は実施例10と同様にして、偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 16]
In Example 10, instead of the azo compound of Compound Example 2-70, C.I. I. Using Direct Red 80, a staining solution was prepared so that the obtained polarizing element had the same simple substance transmittance, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the polarizing element contained an azo compound. ..
[比較例17]
 実施例10において、化合物例3-8のアゾ化合物に代えて、同系色の二色性を有するジスアゾ化合物であるC.I.Direct Blue 67を用い、得られる偏光素子が同等の単体透過率になるように染色液を作製し、アゾ化合物を偏光素子に含有させた以外は実施例10と同様にして、偏光板を作製した。
[Comparative Example 17]
In Example 10, instead of the azo compound of Compound Example 3-8, C.I. I. Using Direct Blue 67, a staining solution was prepared so that the obtained polarizing element had the same simple substance transmittance, and a polarizing plate was prepared in the same manner as in Example 10 except that the azo compound was contained in the polarizing element. ..
[評価方法]
 実施例1~15及び比較例1~17で得られた測定試料の評価を次のようにして行った。
(a)各波長の単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tc
 各測定試料の各波長の単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcを、分光光度計(日立ハイテクサイエンス社製“U-4100”)を用いて測定した。ここで、各波長の単体透過率Ts(%)は、測定試料を1枚で測定した際の各波長の透過率である。各波長の平行位透過率Tp(%)は、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸方向が平行となるように重ね合せて測定した各波長の分光透過率である。各波長の直交位透過率Tc(%)は、2枚の測定試料をその吸収軸が直交するように重ね合せて測定した分光透過率である。測定は、380~780nmの波長領域にわたって行った。
(b)視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc
 各測定試料の視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys(%)、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp(%)及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc(%)をそれぞれ求めた。視感度補正後の単体透過率Ys(%)、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp(%)及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Yc(%)は、380~780nmの波長領域で、所定波長間隔dλ(ここでは5nm)おきに求めた各波長の上記単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcのそれぞれについて、JIS Z 8722:2009に従って視感度に補正した透過率である。具体的には、上記各波長の単体透過率Ts、各波長の平行位透過率Tp及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcを、下記式(I~III)に代入して、それぞれ算出した。なお、下記式(I~III)中、Pλは標準光(C光源)の分光分布を表し、yτλは2度視野等色関数を表す。結果を表1に示す。
[Evaluation methods]
The measurement samples obtained in Examples 1 to 15 and Comparative Examples 1 to 17 were evaluated as follows.
(A) Single transmittance Ts, parallel position transmittance Tp and orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength
The single transmittance Ts, parallel position transmittance Tp and orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength of each measurement sample were measured using a spectrophotometer (“U-4100” manufactured by Hitachi High-Tech Science Co., Ltd.). Here, the simple substance transmittance Ts (%) of each wavelength is the transmittance of each wavelength when the measurement sample is measured by one sheet. The parallel transmittance Tp (%) of each wavelength is the spectral transmittance of each wavelength measured by superimposing two measurement samples so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. The orthogonal transmittance Tc (%) of each wavelength is the spectral transmittance measured by superimposing two measurement samples so that their absorption axes are orthogonal to each other. Measurements were made over the wavelength range of 380-780 nm.
(B) Single transmittance Ys after luminosity factor correction, parallel transmittance Yp after luminosity factor correction, and orthogonal transmittance Yc after luminosity factor correction.
The single transmittance Ys (%) after the luminosity factor correction, the parallel transmittance Yp (%) after the luminosity factor correction, and the orthogonal transmittance Yc (%) after the luminosity factor correction were obtained for each measurement sample. The single transmittance Ys (%) after the visual sensitivity correction, the parallel position transmittance Yp (%) after the visual sensitivity correction, and the orthogonal position transmittance Yc (%) after the visual sensitivity correction are in the wavelength region of 380 to 780 nm. The single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel position transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength obtained at predetermined wavelength intervals dλ (here, 5 nm) are viewed according to JIS Z 8722: 2009. It is the transmittance corrected to the sensitivity. Specifically, the simple substance transmittance Ts of each wavelength, the parallel-position transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and the orthogonal-position transmittance Tc of each wavelength were calculated by substituting them into the following equations (I to III). In the following equations (I to III), Pλ represents the spectral distribution of standard light (C light source), and yτλ represents the two-degree visual field color matching function. The results are shown in Table 1.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000088
(c)コントラスト
 同一の測定試料2枚を用いて測定される視感度補正後の平行位透過率Ypと視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycとの比(Yp/Yc)を算出することにより、コントラスト(CR)を求めた。結果を表1に示す。
(C) Contrast By calculating the ratio (Yp / Yc) of the parallel transmittance Yp after luminosity factor correction and the orthogonal luminosity factor Yc after luminosity factor correction, which are measured using two identical measurement samples. , Contrast (CR) was determined. The results are shown in Table 1.
(d)視感度補正後の偏光度ρy
 各測定試料の視感度補正後の偏光度ρyを、以下の式(IV)に、視感度補正後の平行位透過率Yp及び視感度補正後の直交位透過率Ycを代入して求めた。その結果を表1及び2に示す。
(D) Degree of polarization ρy after correction of visual sensitivity
The degree of polarization ρy after correction of luminosity factor of each measurement sample was obtained by substituting the parallel transmittance Yp after correction of luminosity factor and the orthogonal position transmittance Yc after correction of luminosity factor into the following equation (IV). The results are shown in Tables 1 and 2.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-M000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000090

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000091
 実施例1~15と比較例1及び比較例10~17とを比べると、本発明の偏光板は偏光度やコントラストが高く、また、比較例2に対しては偏光度とコントラストがほぼ同等の値の時に比べて、単体透過率は約1~2%低いことが分かる。よって、本発明の偏光板は染料系偏光板の性能を向上させていることが分かる。尚、比較例3~9は後述するように高コントラスト、高偏光度な偏光板は得られているものの、耐久性が低い。 Comparing Examples 1 to 15 with Comparative Examples 1 and 10 to 17, the polarizing plate of the present invention has a high degree of polarization and contrast, and the degree of polarization and contrast are almost the same as those of Comparative Example 2. It can be seen that the single transmittance is about 1 to 2% lower than that of the value. Therefore, it can be seen that the polarizing plate of the present invention improves the performance of the dye-based polarizing plate. In Comparative Examples 3 to 9, as will be described later, although a polarizing plate having high contrast and high degree of polarization has been obtained, the durability is low.
 次に、前述の測定によって得られた平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの各々の420~480nmにおける平均透過率(AT420-480)、520~590nmにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)、及び600~640nmにおける平均透過率(AT600-640)を表3及び4に示す。 Next, the average transmittance (AT 420-480) at 420 to 480 nm and the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) at 520 to 590 nm of the parallel position transmittance Tp and the orthogonal position transmittance Tc obtained by the above-mentioned measurements, respectively . ), And the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) at 600 to 640 nm are shown in Tables 3 and 4.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000092

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000093
(e)2つの波長帯域の平均透過率の差の絶対値
 各測定試料の各波長の平行位透過率Tp及び各波長の直交位透過率Tcの各々の520~590nmにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と420~480nmにおける平均透過率(AT420-480)との差の絶対値を示し、及び520~590nmにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と600~640nmにおける平均透過率(AT600-640)との差の絶対値を測定した。結果を表5及び6に示す。
(E) Absolute value of the difference between the average transmittances of the two wavelength bands The average transmittance (AT 520 ) of each of the parallel position transmittance Tp of each wavelength and the orthogonal position transmittance Tc of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm of each measurement sample. It shows the absolute value of the difference between -590) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) at 420 to 480 nm, and the average transmittance at 520 to 590 nm (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance at 600 to 640 nm (AT). The absolute value of the difference from 600-640 ) was measured. The results are shown in Tables 5 and 6.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000094

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000095
 表3より、実施例1~15の測定試料は、520~590nmにおける各波長の平行位透過率Tpの平均透過率(AT520-590)が32.15%以上であり、高いことが分かる。
 また、表3~6より、実施例3及び5~15の平行位透過率Tpにおいて平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT420-480)との差は3.0より小さく、かつ、平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT600-640)との差は2.5より小さいことが分かる。さらに、実施例6、実施例7、実施例12及び実施例14の測定試料は、平行位透過率Tpにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT420-480)との差、また平行位透過率Tpにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT600-640)との差は2%以内であり、各波長帯域間の差が著しく少ないことが分かる。さらに、実施例6、実施例12及び実施例14の直交位透過率Tcにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT420-480)との差、並びに、直交位透過率Tcにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT600-640)との差は1%以内であり、比較例1~9並びに比較例12~17と比較し、本発明の偏光板は各波長のTcにおいても各波長帯域間の差がないことが分かる。一方で、比較例10~11の測定試料は、Tpにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT420-480)との差が2.5%以内であり、並びに、Tpにおける平均透過率(AT520-590)と平均透過率(AT600-640)との差は3.0%以内であり、Tcにおける平均透過率の差が1%ではあるが、表2で示した通り、コントラスト並びに偏光度が低い。以上のことから、本願の偏光素子が高透過率と高偏光度を有しながら、各波長のTp及びTcにおいて波長依存性のない偏光素子、又はその偏光板を実現出来ることが分かる。
From Table 3, it can be seen that the measurement samples of Examples 1 to 15 have a high average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) of the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength at 520 to 590 nm, which is 32.15% or more.
Further, from Tables 3 to 6, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) in the parallel transmittance Tp of Examples 3 and 5 to 15 is smaller than 3.0. Moreover, it can be seen that the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) is smaller than 2.5. Further, in the measurement samples of Examples 6, 7, 12, and 14, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) at the parallel transmittance Tp. Further, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) at the parallel transmittance Tp is within 2%, and it can be seen that the difference between each wavelength band is extremely small. Further, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) in the orthogonal position transmittance Tc of Examples 6, 12, and 14, as well as the orthogonal position transmittance Tc. The difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) in the above is within 1%, and the polarizing plate of the present invention is compared with Comparative Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 12 to 17. It can be seen that there is no difference between each wavelength band even in Tc of each wavelength. On the other hand, in the measurement samples of Comparative Examples 10 to 11, the difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 420-480 ) at Tp is within 2.5%, and at Tp. The difference between the average transmittance (AT 520-590 ) and the average transmittance (AT 600-640 ) is within 3.0%, and the difference in the average transmittance in Tc is 1%, which are shown in Table 2. As you can see, the contrast and the degree of polarization are low. From the above, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present application can realize a polarizing element having no wavelength dependence at Tp and Tc of each wavelength, or a polarizing plate thereof, while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization.
(f)色度a*値及びb*値
 各測定試料について、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従って、各波長の単体透過率Ts測定時、各波長の平行位透過率Tp測定時及び各波長の直交位透過率Tc測定時における色度a*値及びb*値を測定した。測定には、上記の分光光度計を使用した。光源には、C光源を用いた。結果を表7及び8に示す。ここで、a*-s及びb*-s、a*-p及びb*-p並びにa*-c及びb*-cは、各々単体透過率Ts、平行位透過率Tp及び直交位透過率Tcの測定時における色度a*値及びb*値にそれぞれ対応する。
(F) Chromaticity a * value and b * value For each measurement sample, according to JIS Z 8781-4: 2013, when measuring the single transmittance Ts of each wavelength, when measuring the parallel transmittance Tp of each wavelength, and of each wavelength. The chromaticity a * value and b * value at the time of measuring the orthogonal position transmittance Tc were measured. The above spectrophotometer was used for the measurement. A C light source was used as the light source. The results are shown in Tables 7 and 8. Here, a * -s and b * -s, a * -p and b * -p, and a * -c and b * -c have a single transmittance Ts, a parallel transmittance Tp, and an orthogonal transmittance, respectively. It corresponds to the chromaticity a * value and b * value at the time of Tc measurement, respectively.
(g)色の観察
 各測定試料について、反射板として市販されている鏡の上に、同一の測定試料を、平行位と直交位のそれぞれの状態で2枚重ね、その際に観察された色を調査した。観察は、10人の観察者が目視により行い、最も多く観察された色を表7及び8に示す。なお、表中、平行位の色は、同一試料2枚を、その吸収軸方向が互いに平行となるように重ねた状態(白表示時)での色を意味し、直交位の色は同一試料2枚を、その吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねた状態(黒表示時)での色を意味する。基本的に、偏光色は、平行位の色は「白」であり、直交位の色は「黒」ではあるが、実施例又は比較例では、例えば、黄色味を帯びた白を「黄」、青紫色を帯びた黒を「青紫」と示す。
(G) Observation of color For each measurement sample, two identical measurement samples were placed on a mirror commercially available as a reflector in parallel and orthogonal positions, and the color observed at that time was observed. investigated. The observations were made visually by 10 observers, and the most observed colors are shown in Tables 7 and 8. In the table, the colors in the parallel position mean the colors in which two identical samples are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other (when displayed in white), and the colors in the orthogonal position are the same samples. It means the color in a state where two sheets are overlapped so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other (when displayed in black). Basically, the polarized color is "white" for the parallel position and "black" for the orthogonal position, but in the examples or comparative examples, for example, yellowish white is "yellow". , Blue-purple black is referred to as "blue-purple".
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000096

Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000097
 表7及び8に示されるように、実施例1~15の測定試料は、視感度補正後の単体透過率Ysは40%以上であり、さらに、実施例2、実施例7、実施例12、実施例14及び実施例15の測定試料は、色度a*-s及びb*-sの絶対値はいずれも1.0以下であり、色度a*-p及びb*-pの絶対値は2.0以下と小さい値を示している。また、高透過率を有しつつも97%以上の高い偏光度を示していることから、白と黒とを十分に表現できることが分かった。一方、比較例1~9及び比較例12~17は、色度a*-s及びb*-sの絶対値はいずれも1より高く、色度a*-p及びb*-pの絶対値はいずれも3より高く、もしくは偏光度97%以下の時の色度a*-c及びb*-cのいずれかが1よりも高いことから、従来の偏光素子又は偏光板では白と黒とを十分に表現できないことが分かった。更に、比較例10~11の測定試料では白と黒とを十分に表現できるが、表2で示した通り、コントラスト並びに偏光度が低い。
 以上のことから、本発明の偏光素子が高透過率と高偏光度を有しながら、平行位及び直交位ともに無彩色、即ち白と黒とを十分に表現できる設計になりうる偏光素子、またはその偏光板を実現出来ることが示された。
As shown in Tables 7 and 8, the measurement samples of Examples 1 to 15 have a single transmittance Ys of 40% or more after the visual sensitivity correction, and further, Examples 2, Example 7, and Example 12 have a single transmittance of 40% or more. In the measurement samples of Examples 14 and 15, the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -s and b * -s are both 1.0 or less, and the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -p and b * -p are Shows a small value of 2.0 or less. In addition, since it has a high transmittance and a high degree of polarization of 97% or more, it was found that white and black can be sufficiently expressed. On the other hand, in Comparative Examples 1 to 9 and Comparative Examples 12 to 17, the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -s and b * -s are both higher than 1, and the absolute values of the chromaticities a * -p and b * -p are high. Is higher than 3 or any of chromaticity a * -c and b * -c is higher than 1 when the degree of polarization is 97% or less. It turned out that I could not fully express. Further, although white and black can be sufficiently expressed in the measurement samples of Comparative Examples 10 to 11, the contrast and the degree of polarization are low as shown in Table 2.
From the above, the polarizing element of the present invention can be designed so that it can sufficiently express achromatic colors in both parallel and orthogonal positions, that is, white and black, while having high transmittance and high degree of polarization, or It was shown that the polarizing plate can be realized.
 以上より、本発明の偏光素子は、高い単体透過率及び平行位透過率を維持しつつも、平行位で高品位な紙のような白色を表現でき、かつ、単体で着色のない高品位な中性色(無彩色なニュートラルグレー)を有する色相であることが示された。さらに、本発明の偏光素子は、高い視感度補正後の単体透過率を維持し、平行位で無彩色性を発現していることに加えて、高い偏光度も兼ね備えていることが分かる。さらに、本発明の偏光素子は、直交位で、高級感のある無彩色な黒を示す偏光素子を得ることが可能になっていることが分かる。 From the above, the polarizing element of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white color in parallel position while maintaining high single-unit transmittance and parallel-position transmittance, and is high-quality without coloring by itself. It was shown to be a hue with a neutral color (achromatic neutral gray). Further, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention maintains a single transmittance after high luminosity factor correction, exhibits achromaticity at parallel positions, and also has a high degree of polarization. Further, it can be seen that the polarizing element of the present invention makes it possible to obtain a polarizing element showing a high-quality achromatic black at an orthogonal position.
(h)耐久性試験
 実施例1~17及び比較例3~9の測定試料を、相対湿度85%RHの85℃の環境下に240時間置いて、耐久性試験を行った。その結果、実施例1~17の測定試料は透過率や色相の変化は見られなかった。これに対し、比較例3~9の測定試料は偏光度が10%以上低下し、色度b*-cは-10より低くなり、見た目の色は著しく青色に変化し、特に2枚の測定試料を直交位に配置した場合(黒表示時)には大いに青色を呈色した。したがって、本発明の偏光素子は高い耐久性を有していることが分かった。
(H) Durability test The measurement samples of Examples 1 to 17 and Comparative Examples 3 to 9 were placed in an environment of 85 ° C. with a relative humidity of 85% RH for 240 hours to perform a durability test. As a result, no change in transmittance or hue was observed in the measurement samples of Examples 1 to 17. On the other hand, in the measurement samples of Comparative Examples 3 to 9, the degree of polarization was reduced by 10% or more, the chromaticity b * -c was lower than -10, and the apparent color changed significantly to blue. When the samples were arranged in the orthogonal position (when displayed in black), the color was greatly blue. Therefore, it was found that the polarizing element of the present invention has high durability.
 本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板は、液晶表示装置、例えば、反射型液晶表示装置、半透過型液晶表示装置、および液晶表示装置以外でも有機エレクトロルミネッセンス等に用いられる。本発明の偏光素子又は偏光板を備える液晶表示装置は、高品位な紙のような白色およびニュートラルな黒色を表現することができる。さらに、該液晶表示装置は、高耐久性を有し信頼性が高く、長期的に高コントラストで、かつ、高い色再現性を有する液晶表示装置に用いることができる。
 
The polarizing element or polarizing plate of the present invention is used for a liquid crystal display device, for example, a reflective liquid crystal display device, a transflective liquid crystal display device, and an organic electroluminescence other than the liquid crystal display device. The liquid crystal display device provided with the polarizing element or the polarizing plate of the present invention can express high-quality paper-like white and neutral black. Further, the liquid crystal display device can be used for a liquid crystal display device having high durability, high reliability, long-term high contrast, and high color reproducibility.

Claims (17)

  1.  遊離酸の形式で、下記式(1)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩又は下記式(2)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩と、下記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩とを含む偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (式(1)中、Acは、各々独立して、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc11~Rc14は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表す。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (式(2)中、Acは、スルホ基及びカルボキシ基から選択される置換基を少なくとも1つ有するフェニル基又はナフチル基を表し、Rc21~Rc28は、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Xcは、置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を表し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立して)、さらに置換基を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、アミノ基、置換アミノ基、カルボキシ基、及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択され、r、p、qは各々独立に0又は1を示す。ただし、r、p、qが全て1である場合を除き、さらにp又はqのいずれかが1であって、Acがナフチル基の場合には置換基としてヒドロキシ基を含まない。)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (式(3)中、Ra、Ra、Ab又はAbは環a及び環bのいずれかで置換されており、Ra又はRaのいずれか一方はヒドロキシ基であって、他方は水素原子、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を表し、Ab又はAbいずれか一方はスルホ基、カルボキシ基又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、他方は水素原子、スルホ基、カルボキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基から選択される置換基であり、Rb~Rbは、各々独立して、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基、又は置換基を有してもよいアミノ基を表し、hは0又は1を表し、Xbは置換基Sを少なくとも1つ有してもよいアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアミノ基、置換基を有してもよいフェニルアゾ基、置換基を有してもよいナフトトリアゾール基又は置換基を有してもよいベンゾイルアミノ基を示し、置換基Sは(複数ある場合には各々独立に)、さらに置換基を有してもよいC1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基、アミノ基、C1~4のアルキルアミノ基、ヒドロキシ基、カルボキシ基及びカルボキシエチルアミノ基から選択される。)
    In the form of free acid, an azo compound represented by the following formula (1) or a salt thereof or an azo compound represented by the following formula (2) or a salt thereof and an azo compound represented by the following formula (3) or a salt thereof. A polarizing element containing a salt.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000001

    (In the formula (1), Ac 1 independently represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 11 to Rc 14 are independent of each other. Represents a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000002

    (In the formula (2), Ac 2 represents a phenyl group or a naphthyl group having at least one substituent selected from a sulfo group and a carboxy group, and Rc 21 to Rc 28 are independent hydrogen atoms, respectively. Represents an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkyl group of C1 to 4, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 or a sulfo group, and Xc 2 has an amino group and a substituent which may have at least one substituent S. It represents a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, a naphthotriazole group which may have a substituent or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent, and the substituent S 2 is represented. (Independently if there are multiple groups), C1-4 alkyl groups that may further have substituents, C1-4 alkoxy groups, sulfo groups, C1-4 alkylamino groups, hydroxy groups, aminos. It is selected from a group, a substituted amino group, a carboxy group, and a carboxyethylamino group, and r, p, and q each independently indicate 0 or 1, except that r, p, and q are all 1. When either p or q is 1 and Ac 2 is a naphthyl group, it does not contain a hydroxy group as a substituent.)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000003

    (In formula (3), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 or Ab 2 is substituted with either ring a or ring b, and either one of Ra 1 or Ra 2 is a hydroxy group and the other. Represents a hydrogen atom, a hydroxy group, an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having a sulfo group, and either Ab 1 or Ab 2 may have a sulfo group, a carboxy group or a substituent. Representing an amino group, the other is a substituent selected from a hydrogen atom, a sulfo group, a carboxy group, or an amino group which may have a substituent, and Rb 1 to Rb 6 are independently hydrogen atoms. , C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, C1-4 alkoxy group having sulfo group, or amino group which may have a substituent, h represents 0 or 1. , Xb 1 may have an amino group which may have at least one substituent S 3 , a phenylamino group which may have a substituent, a phenylazo group which may have a substituent, or a substituent. A good naphthotriazole group or a benzoylamino group which may have a substituent is shown, and the substituent S3 ( independently if there is more than one) is an alkyl group of C1-4 which may further have a substituent. , C1-4 alkoxy group, sulfo group, amino group, C1-4 alkylamino group, hydroxy group, carboxy group and carboxyethylamino group).
  2.  下記式(4)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩、又は式(5)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩をさらに含む請求項1に記載の偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (式(4)中、Ay11は各々独立にスルホ基、カルボキシ基、ヒドロキシ基、C1~4のアルキル基又はC1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、Ry11~Ry14は各々独立して水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基又はスルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基を示し、fは1~3の整数を示す)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (式(5)中、Ay21及びAy22は各々独立に、置換基を有してもよいナフチル基又は置換基を有してもよいフェニル基であり、Ry21、Ry22、Ry27、及びRy28が、各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基であり、Ry23~Ry26が各々独立に、水素原子、C1~4のアルキル基、C1~4のアルコキシ基、スルホ基を有するC1~4のアルコキシ基であり、s、tは各々独立に0又は1を示す。)
    The polarizing element according to claim 1, further comprising an azo compound represented by the following formula (4) or a salt thereof, or an azo compound represented by the formula (5) or a salt thereof.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000004

    (In the formula (4), Ay 11 independently represents a sulfo group, a carboxy group, a hydroxy group, an alkyl group of C1 to 4 or an alkoxy group of C1 to 4, and Ry 11 to Ry 14 independently represent hydrogen atoms. , C1-4 alkyl group, C1-4 alkoxy group or C1-4 alkoxy group having sulfo group, f indicates an integer of 1-3)
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000005

    (In the formula (5), Ay 21 and Ay 22 are independently naphthyl groups which may have a substituent or a phenyl group which may have a substituent, and are Ry 21 , Ry 22 , Ry 27 , and Ry 27. And Ry 28 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to 4 alkoxy groups, and Ry 23 to Ry 26 are independently hydrogen atoms, C1 to 4 alkyl groups, and C1 to C1 to Ry 26, respectively. It is an alkoxy group of C1 to 4 having an alkoxy group of 4 and a sulfo group, and s and t independently indicate 0 or 1 respectively.)
  3.  前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(6)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、請求項1又は2に記載の偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (式(6)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
    The polarizing element according to claim 1 or 2, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (6) or a salt thereof.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000006

    (In the formula (6), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
  4.  前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(7)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、請求項1~3のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (式(7)中、Ra、Ra、Ab、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を示す。)
    The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (7) or a salt thereof.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000007

    (In the formula (7), Ra 1 , Ra 2 , Ab 1 , Ab 2 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (3).)
  5.  前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(8)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、1~4のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    (式(8)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(3)と同じ意味を表し、Raは水素原子、またはヒドロキシ基を示す。)
    The polarizing element according to any one of 1 to 4, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (8) or a salt thereof.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000008

    (In the formula (8), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as in the formula (3), and Ra 3 represents a hydrogen atom or a hydroxy group.)
  6.  前記式(3)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩が、下記式(9)で表されるアゾ化合物又はその塩である、請求項1~5のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    (前記式(9)中、Ra、Ab、Rb~Rb、h、Xbはそれぞれ式(2)と同じ意味を示す。)
    The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 5, wherein the azo compound represented by the formula (3) or a salt thereof is an azo compound represented by the following formula (9) or a salt thereof.
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-C000009

    (In the above formula (9), Ra 1 , Ab 1 , Rb 1 to Rb 6 , h, and Xb 1 have the same meanings as those in the formula (2).)
  7.  偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて測定して求められる各波長の透過率において、420nm~480nmの平均透過率と、520nm~590nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として2.5%以下であり、かつ、520nm~590nmの平均透過率と、600nm~640nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として3.0%以下である、請求項1~6のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The average transmittance of 420 nm to 480 nm and the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm are obtained in the transmittance of each wavelength obtained by stacking two polarizing elements so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other. Claim 1 to claim 1, wherein the difference is 2.5% or less as an absolute value, and the difference between the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of 600 nm to 640 nm is 3.0% or less as an absolute value. 6. The polarizing element according to any one of 6.
  8.  JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時に求められる偏光素子単体におけるa*値及びb*値の絶対値が、ともに1.0以下である、請求項1~7のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 Any of claims 1 to 7, wherein the absolute values of the a * value and the b * value in the polarizing element alone obtained at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light according to JIS Z8781-4: 2013 are both 1.0 or less. The polarizing element according to one item.
  9.  偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態における、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時に求められるa*値が-2.0~2.0であり、b*値の絶対値が-2.0~3.0である、請求項1~8のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 According to JIS Z8781-4: 2013 in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are parallel to each other, the a * value obtained at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light is -2. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 8, which is 0.0 to 2.0 and has an absolute value of b * of −2.0 to 3.0.
  10.  偏光素子の視感度補正後の単体透過率が35%~65%であり、偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに平行になるように重ねて配置した状態における、波長帯域520nm~590nmの平均透過率が25%~50%である、請求項1~9のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The single transmittance of the polarizing element after correction of the visual sensitivity is 35% to 65%, and the wavelength band is 520 nm to 590 nm in a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so as to be parallel to each other in the absorption axis direction. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 9, wherein the average transmittance of the above is 25% to 50%.
  11.  偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、420nm~480nmの平均透過率と520nm~590nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として1.0%以下であり、520nm~590nmの平均透過率と600nm~640nmの平均透過率との差が絶対値として1.0%以下である、請求項1~10のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The difference between the average transmittance of 420 nm to 480 nm and the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm is 1.0% as an absolute value when two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the difference between the average transmittance of 520 nm to 590 nm and the average transmittance of 600 nm to 640 nm is 1.0% or less as an absolute value.
  12.  偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、波長帯域420nm~480nm、520nm~590nm及び600nm~640nmにおける各波長の直交位透過率がいずれも1%以下であり、又は視感度補正後の偏光度が97%以上である、請求項1~11のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 In a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other, the orthogonal position transmittance of each wavelength in the wavelength band of 420 nm to 480 nm, 520 nm to 590 nm and 600 nm to 640 nm is 1%. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 11, wherein the degree of polarization is as follows, or the degree of polarization after correction of visual sensitivity is 97% or more.
  13.  偏光素子2枚を、各々の吸収軸方向が互いに直交するように重ねて配置した状態において、JIS Z 8781-4:2013に従い、自然光を用いた透過率測定時のa*値及びb*値の絶対値がいずれも2.0以下である、請求項1~12のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 In a state where two polarizing elements are stacked so that their absorption axis directions are orthogonal to each other, the a * value and b * value at the time of transmittance measurement using natural light according to JIS Z8781-4: 2013. The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 12, wherein the absolute value is 2.0 or less.
  14.  基材を備える請求項1~13のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子。 The polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 13, which comprises a base material.
  15.  ポリビニルアルコール系樹脂フィルムを基材として含む、請求項14に記載の偏光素子。 The polarizing element according to claim 14, which comprises a polyvinyl alcohol-based resin film as a base material.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子の片面又は両面に設けられた透明保護層を備える偏光板。 A polarizing plate provided with a transparent protective layer provided on one side or both sides of the polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  請求項1~15のいずれか一項に記載の偏光素子又は請求項16に記載の偏光板を備える表示装置。
     
    A display device including the polarizing element according to any one of claims 1 to 15 or the polarizing plate according to claim 16.
PCT/JP2021/035317 2020-09-29 2021-09-27 Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same WO2022071204A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2022553943A JPWO2022071204A1 (en) 2020-09-29 2021-09-27
CN202180054901.7A CN116097135A (en) 2020-09-29 2021-09-27 Polarizing element, polarizing plate, and display device provided with same

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2020-164029 2020-09-29
JP2020164029 2020-09-29

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2022071204A1 true WO2022071204A1 (en) 2022-04-07

Family

ID=80951603

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2021/035317 WO2022071204A1 (en) 2020-09-29 2021-09-27 Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same

Country Status (4)

Country Link
JP (1) JPWO2022071204A1 (en)
CN (1) CN116097135A (en)
TW (1) TW202231792A (en)
WO (1) WO2022071204A1 (en)

Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4978732A (en) * 1972-11-10 1974-07-30
JPH05263396A (en) * 1991-09-26 1993-10-12 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for dyeing paper with disazo dye
JPH05295282A (en) * 1992-04-24 1993-11-09 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Water-soluble azo dye and polarizing film produced by using the dye
WO2018079651A1 (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 日本化薬株式会社 Polarizing element, polarizing plate using same and liquid crystal display device
WO2019124161A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 日本化薬株式会社 Azo compound or salt thereof, and polarizing element, polarizing plate, and display device comprising same

Patent Citations (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS4978732A (en) * 1972-11-10 1974-07-30
JPH05263396A (en) * 1991-09-26 1993-10-12 Ciba Geigy Ag Process for dyeing paper with disazo dye
JPH05295282A (en) * 1992-04-24 1993-11-09 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Water-soluble azo dye and polarizing film produced by using the dye
WO2018079651A1 (en) * 2016-10-31 2018-05-03 日本化薬株式会社 Polarizing element, polarizing plate using same and liquid crystal display device
WO2019124161A1 (en) * 2017-12-22 2019-06-27 日本化薬株式会社 Azo compound or salt thereof, and polarizing element, polarizing plate, and display device comprising same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN116097135A (en) 2023-05-09
JPWO2022071204A1 (en) 2022-04-07
TW202231792A (en) 2022-08-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP7230079B2 (en) AZO COMPOUND OR SALT THEREOF AND POLARIZING FILM CONTAINING THE SAME
JP6889178B2 (en) Polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using this
JP5899122B2 (en) Azo compound, dye-based polarizing film and polarizing plate
JP7328898B2 (en) AZO COMPOUND OR SALT THEREOF, AND POLARIZING ELEMENT, POLARIZING PLATE, AND DISPLAY DEVICE CONTAINING THE SAME
JP6054588B1 (en) Dye-type polarizing element, and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device using the same
JP6898866B2 (en) Polarizing element and polarizing plate and display device using it
CN107430234B (en) Polarizing element and polarizing plate
JP7247105B2 (en) Achromatic polarizing element, and achromatic polarizing plate and display device using the same
WO2022071204A1 (en) Polarizing element, polarizing plate and display device provided with same
WO2022071201A1 (en) Polarizing element, polarizing plate, and display device provided with same
WO2020230647A1 (en) Achromatic polarizer, achromatic polarizing plate using same, and display device
WO2021246437A1 (en) Polarizing element and polarizing plate for use in visible range and infrared range, and liquid crystal display device equipped with same

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 21875506

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2022553943

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 21875506

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1